blob: 321b032505c2b477c7d15ce161985cd7f4dabcae [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002//
John Criswellb576c942003-10-20 19:43:21 +00003// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file was developed by the LLVM research group and is distributed under
6// the University of Illinois Open Source License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00007//
John Criswellb576c942003-10-20 19:43:21 +00008//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00009//
10// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +000011// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG This pass is where algebraic
12// simplification happens.
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000013//
14// This pass combines things like:
Chris Lattner32ed46b2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000015// %Y = add int %X, 1
16// %Z = add int %Y, 1
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000017// into:
Chris Lattner32ed46b2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000018// %Z = add int %X, 2
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000019//
20// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
21//
Chris Lattner065a6162003-09-10 05:29:43 +000022// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
Chris Lattner2cd91962003-07-23 21:41:57 +000023// the program:
24// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +000025// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
26// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
Chris Lattner2cd91962003-07-23 21:41:57 +000027// 3. SetCC instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
28// 4. All SetCC instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
Chris Lattnere92d2f42003-08-13 04:18:28 +000029// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
30// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
31// shifts.
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +000032// ... etc.
Chris Lattner2cd91962003-07-23 21:41:57 +000033//
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000034//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
35
Chris Lattner0cea42a2004-03-13 23:54:27 +000036#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
Chris Lattner022103b2002-05-07 20:03:00 +000037#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +000038#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
Chris Lattnerbd0ef772002-02-26 21:46:54 +000039#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +000040#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
Chris Lattner833b8a42003-06-26 05:06:25 +000041#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
Chris Lattnerbc61e662003-11-02 05:57:39 +000042#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
43#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
44#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +000046#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +000047#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chris Lattner221d6882002-02-12 21:07:25 +000048#include "llvm/Support/InstIterator.h"
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +000049#include "llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h"
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +000050#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
Reid Spencer551ccae2004-09-01 22:55:40 +000051#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +000052#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chris Lattnerb3bc8fa2002-05-14 15:24:07 +000053#include <algorithm>
Chris Lattner67b1e1b2003-12-07 01:24:23 +000054using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +000055using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Brian Gaeked0fde302003-11-11 22:41:34 +000056
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +000057namespace {
Chris Lattnera92f6962002-10-01 22:38:41 +000058 Statistic<> NumCombined ("instcombine", "Number of insts combined");
59 Statistic<> NumConstProp("instcombine", "Number of constant folds");
60 Statistic<> NumDeadInst ("instcombine", "Number of dead inst eliminated");
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +000061 Statistic<> NumSunkInst ("instcombine", "Number of instructions sunk");
Chris Lattnera92f6962002-10-01 22:38:41 +000062
Chris Lattnerf57b8452002-04-27 06:56:12 +000063 class InstCombiner : public FunctionPass,
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +000064 public InstVisitor<InstCombiner, Instruction*> {
65 // Worklist of all of the instructions that need to be simplified.
66 std::vector<Instruction*> WorkList;
Chris Lattnerbc61e662003-11-02 05:57:39 +000067 TargetData *TD;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +000068
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +000069 /// AddUsersToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add all users of
70 /// the instruction to the work lists because they might get more simplified
71 /// now.
72 ///
73 void AddUsersToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +000074 for (Value::use_iterator UI = I.use_begin(), UE = I.use_end();
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +000075 UI != UE; ++UI)
76 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
77 }
78
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +000079 /// AddUsesToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add operands to
80 /// the work lists because they might get more simplified now.
81 ///
82 void AddUsesToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
83 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
84 if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(i)))
85 WorkList.push_back(Op);
86 }
87
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +000088 // removeFromWorkList - remove all instances of I from the worklist.
89 void removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I);
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +000090 public:
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +000091 virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +000092
Chris Lattner97e52e42002-04-28 21:27:06 +000093 virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
Chris Lattnerbc61e662003-11-02 05:57:39 +000094 AU.addRequired<TargetData>();
Chris Lattnercb2610e2002-10-21 20:00:28 +000095 AU.setPreservesCFG();
Chris Lattner97e52e42002-04-28 21:27:06 +000096 }
97
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +000098 TargetData &getTargetData() const { return *TD; }
99
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000100 // Visitation implementation - Implement instruction combining for different
101 // instruction types. The semantics are as follows:
102 // Return Value:
103 // null - No change was made
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000104 // I - Change was made, I is still valid, I may be dead though
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000105 // otherwise - Change was made, replace I with returned instruction
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000106 //
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000107 Instruction *visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
108 Instruction *visitSub(BinaryOperator &I);
109 Instruction *visitMul(BinaryOperator &I);
110 Instruction *visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
111 Instruction *visitRem(BinaryOperator &I);
112 Instruction *visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I);
113 Instruction *visitOr (BinaryOperator &I);
114 Instruction *visitXor(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000115 Instruction *visitSetCondInst(SetCondInst &I);
116 Instruction *visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(SetCondInst &SCI);
117
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000118 Instruction *FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
119 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond, Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnerea340052003-03-10 19:16:08 +0000120 Instruction *visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000121 Instruction *visitCastInst(CastInst &CI);
Chris Lattner6fb5a4a2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000122 Instruction *FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
123 Instruction *FI);
Chris Lattner3d69f462004-03-12 05:52:32 +0000124 Instruction *visitSelectInst(SelectInst &CI);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000125 Instruction *visitCallInst(CallInst &CI);
126 Instruction *visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000127 Instruction *visitPHINode(PHINode &PN);
128 Instruction *visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP);
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +0000129 Instruction *visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI);
Chris Lattner67b1e1b2003-12-07 01:24:23 +0000130 Instruction *visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI);
Chris Lattner833b8a42003-06-26 05:06:25 +0000131 Instruction *visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI);
Chris Lattner2f503e62005-01-31 05:36:43 +0000132 Instruction *visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI);
Chris Lattnerc4d10eb2003-06-04 04:46:00 +0000133 Instruction *visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI);
Chris Lattner46238a62004-07-03 00:26:11 +0000134 Instruction *visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI);
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000135
136 // visitInstruction - Specify what to return for unhandled instructions...
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000137 Instruction *visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return 0; }
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000138
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000139 private:
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000140 Instruction *visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000141 bool transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS);
142
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000143 public:
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000144 // InsertNewInstBefore - insert an instruction New before instruction Old
145 // in the program. Add the new instruction to the worklist.
146 //
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000147 Instruction *InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, Instruction &Old) {
Chris Lattnere6f9a912002-08-23 18:32:43 +0000148 assert(New && New->getParent() == 0 &&
149 "New instruction already inserted into a basic block!");
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000150 BasicBlock *BB = Old.getParent();
151 BB->getInstList().insert(&Old, New); // Insert inst
152 WorkList.push_back(New); // Add to worklist
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000153 return New;
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000154 }
155
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000156 /// InsertCastBefore - Insert a cast of V to TY before the instruction POS.
157 /// This also adds the cast to the worklist. Finally, this returns the
158 /// cast.
159 Value *InsertCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *Ty, Instruction &Pos) {
160 if (V->getType() == Ty) return V;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000161
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000162 Instruction *C = new CastInst(V, Ty, V->getName(), &Pos);
163 WorkList.push_back(C);
164 return C;
165 }
166
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000167 // ReplaceInstUsesWith - This method is to be used when an instruction is
168 // found to be dead, replacable with another preexisting expression. Here
169 // we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of I with the new
170 // value, then return I, so that the inst combiner will know that I was
171 // modified.
172 //
173 Instruction *ReplaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V) {
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000174 AddUsersToWorkList(I); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
Chris Lattner15a76c02004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000175 if (&I != V) {
176 I.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
177 return &I;
178 } else {
179 // If we are replacing the instruction with itself, this must be in a
180 // segment of unreachable code, so just clobber the instruction.
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000181 I.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner15a76c02004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000182 return &I;
183 }
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000184 }
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000185
186 // EraseInstFromFunction - When dealing with an instruction that has side
187 // effects or produces a void value, we can't rely on DCE to delete the
188 // instruction. Instead, visit methods should return the value returned by
189 // this function.
190 Instruction *EraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) {
191 assert(I.use_empty() && "Cannot erase instruction that is used!");
192 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
193 removeFromWorkList(&I);
Chris Lattner954f66a2004-11-18 21:41:39 +0000194 I.eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000195 return 0; // Don't do anything with FI
196 }
197
198
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000199 private:
Chris Lattner24c8e382003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000200 /// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
201 /// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
202 /// casts that are known to not do anything...
203 ///
204 Value *InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
205 Instruction *InsertBefore);
206
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000207 // SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000208 // operators.
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000209 bool SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000210
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000211
212 // FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a
213 // PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI
214 // (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
215 Instruction *FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I);
216
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000217 // FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
218 // operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
219 // inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
220 Instruction *FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
221
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000222 Instruction *OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
223 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd);
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000224
225 Instruction *InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
226 bool Inside, Instruction &IB);
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000227 };
Chris Lattnerf6293092002-07-23 18:06:35 +0000228
Chris Lattnera6275cc2002-07-26 21:12:46 +0000229 RegisterOpt<InstCombiner> X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000230}
231
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000232// getComplexity: Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values...
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000233// 0 -> undef, 1 -> Const, 2 -> Other, 3 -> Arg, 3 -> Unary, 4 -> OtherInst
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000234static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V) {
235 if (isa<Instruction>(V)) {
236 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V) || BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000237 return 3;
238 return 4;
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000239 }
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000240 if (isa<Argument>(V)) return 3;
241 return isa<Constant>(V) ? (isa<UndefValue>(V) ? 0 : 1) : 2;
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000242}
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000243
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000244// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
245// it.
246static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000247 return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000248}
249
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000250// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
251// though a va_arg area...
252static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
Chris Lattner5dd04022004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000253 switch (Ty->getTypeID()) {
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000254 case Type::SByteTyID:
255 case Type::ShortTyID: return Type::IntTy;
256 case Type::UByteTyID:
257 case Type::UShortTyID: return Type::UIntTy;
258 case Type::FloatTyID: return Type::DoubleTy;
259 default: return Ty;
260 }
261}
262
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000263// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
264// operators:
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000265//
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000266// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
267// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
268// binary operators.
269//
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000270// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
271// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000272//
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000273bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000274 bool Changed = false;
275 if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
276 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000277
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000278 if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
279 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000280 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
281 if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
282 if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner2a9c8472003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000283 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
284 cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
285 cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000286 I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
287 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
288 return true;
289 } else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
290 if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
291 isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
292 Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
293 Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
294
295 // Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattner2a9c8472003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000296 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000297 Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
298 Op1->getOperand(0),
299 Op1->getName(), &I);
300 WorkList.push_back(New);
301 I.setOperand(0, New);
302 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
303 return true;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000304 }
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000305 }
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000306 return Changed;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000307}
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000308
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000309// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
310// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000311//
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000312static inline Value *dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) {
313 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
Chris Lattnera1df33c2005-04-24 07:30:14 +0000314 return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(V);
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000315
Chris Lattner0ce85802004-12-14 20:08:06 +0000316 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
317 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
318 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000319 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000320}
321
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000322static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
323 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattnera1df33c2005-04-24 07:30:14 +0000324 return BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(V);
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000325
326 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
Chris Lattner3f2ec392003-04-30 22:34:06 +0000327 if (ConstantIntegral *C = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
Chris Lattner448c3232004-06-10 02:12:35 +0000328 return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000329 return 0;
330}
331
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000332// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
333// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000334// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
335// Otherwise, return null.
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000336//
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000337static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000338 if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000339 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000340 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
Chris Lattner50e60c72004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000341 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000342 return I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000343 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
Chris Lattner50e60c72004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000344 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000345 // The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
346 Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), 1);
347 CST = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getShl(One, CST));
348 return I->getOperand(0);
349 }
350 }
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000351 return 0;
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000352}
Chris Lattneraf2930e2002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000353
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000354/// dyn_castGetElementPtr - If this is a getelementptr instruction or constant
355/// expression, return it.
356static User *dyn_castGetElementPtr(Value *V) {
357 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V)) return cast<User>(V);
358 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
359 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
360 return cast<User>(V);
361 return false;
362}
363
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000364// Log2 - Calculate the log base 2 for the specified value if it is exactly a
365// power of 2.
366static unsigned Log2(uint64_t Val) {
367 assert(Val > 1 && "Values 0 and 1 should be handled elsewhere!");
368 unsigned Count = 0;
369 while (Val != 1) {
370 if (Val & 1) return 0; // Multiple bits set?
371 Val >>= 1;
372 ++Count;
373 }
374 return Count;
Chris Lattneraf2930e2002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000375}
376
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000377// AddOne, SubOne - Add or subtract a constant one from an integer constant...
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000378static ConstantInt *AddOne(ConstantInt *C) {
379 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(C,
380 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000381}
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000382static ConstantInt *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
383 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(C,
384 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000385}
386
387// isTrueWhenEqual - Return true if the specified setcondinst instruction is
388// true when both operands are equal...
389//
390static bool isTrueWhenEqual(Instruction &I) {
391 return I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
392 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE ||
393 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE;
394}
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000395
396/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
397/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
398/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
399/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
400/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
401/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
402/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
403///
404template<typename Functor>
405Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
406 unsigned Opcode = Root.getOpcode();
407 Value *LHS = Root.getOperand(0);
408
409 // Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
410 if (F.shouldApply(LHS))
411 return F.apply(Root);
412
413 // Otherwise, if the LHS is not of the same opcode as the root, return.
414 Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000415 while (LHSI && LHSI->getOpcode() == Opcode && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000416 // Should we apply this transform to the RHS?
417 bool ShouldApply = F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(1));
418
419 // If not to the RHS, check to see if we should apply to the LHS...
420 if (!ShouldApply && F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
421 cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)->swapOperands(); // Make the LHS the RHS
422 ShouldApply = true;
423 }
424
425 // If the functor wants to apply the optimization to the RHS of LHSI,
426 // reassociate the expression from ((? op A) op B) to (? op (A op B))
427 if (ShouldApply) {
428 BasicBlock *BB = Root.getParent();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000429
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000430 // Now all of the instructions are in the current basic block, go ahead
431 // and perform the reassociation.
432 Instruction *TmpLHSI = cast<Instruction>(Root.getOperand(0));
433
434 // First move the selected RHS to the LHS of the root...
435 Root.setOperand(0, LHSI->getOperand(1));
436
437 // Make what used to be the LHS of the root be the user of the root...
438 Value *ExtraOperand = TmpLHSI->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner65725312004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000439 if (&Root == TmpLHSI) {
Chris Lattner15a76c02004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000440 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(TmpLHSI->getType()));
441 return 0;
442 }
Chris Lattner65725312004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000443 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(TmpLHSI); // Users now use TmpLHSI
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000444 TmpLHSI->setOperand(1, &Root); // TmpLHSI now uses the root
Chris Lattner65725312004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000445 TmpLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(TmpLHSI);
446 BasicBlock::iterator ARI = &Root; ++ARI;
447 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, TmpLHSI); // Move TmpLHSI to after Root
448 ARI = Root;
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000449
450 // Now propagate the ExtraOperand down the chain of instructions until we
451 // get to LHSI.
452 while (TmpLHSI != LHSI) {
453 Instruction *NextLHSI = cast<Instruction>(TmpLHSI->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner65725312004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000454 // Move the instruction to immediately before the chain we are
455 // constructing to avoid breaking dominance properties.
456 NextLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(NextLHSI);
457 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, NextLHSI);
458 ARI = NextLHSI;
459
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000460 Value *NextOp = NextLHSI->getOperand(1);
461 NextLHSI->setOperand(1, ExtraOperand);
462 TmpLHSI = NextLHSI;
463 ExtraOperand = NextOp;
464 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000465
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000466 // Now that the instructions are reassociated, have the functor perform
467 // the transformation...
468 return F.apply(Root);
469 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000470
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000471 LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
472 }
473 return 0;
474}
475
476
477// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
478struct AddRHS {
479 Value *RHS;
480 AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
481 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
482 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
483 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Add.getOperand(0),
484 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, 1));
485 }
486};
487
488// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
489// iff C1&C2 == 0
490struct AddMaskingAnd {
491 Constant *C2;
492 AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
493 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000494 ConstantInt *C1;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000495 return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000496 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000497 }
498 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000499 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000500 }
501};
502
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000503static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000504 InstCombiner *IC) {
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000505 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) {
506 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO))
507 return ConstantExpr::getCast(SOC, I.getType());
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000508
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000509 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SO, I.getType(),
510 SO->getName() + ".cast"), I);
511 }
512
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000513 // Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000514 bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
515 Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000516
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000517 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
518 if (ConstIsRHS)
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000519 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
520 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000521 }
522
523 Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
524 if (!ConstIsRHS)
525 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
526 Instruction *New;
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000527 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
528 New = BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,SO->getName()+".op");
529 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(&I))
530 New = new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1, SO->getName()+".sh");
Chris Lattner326c0f32004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000531 else {
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000532 assert(0 && "Unknown binary instruction type!");
Chris Lattner326c0f32004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000533 abort();
534 }
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000535 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
536}
537
538// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
539// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
540// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
541// not have a second operand.
542static Instruction *FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI,
543 InstCombiner *IC) {
544 // Don't modify shared select instructions
545 if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
546 Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
547 Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
548
549 if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
Chris Lattner956db272005-04-21 05:43:13 +0000550 // Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops.
551 if (SI->getType() == Type::BoolTy) return 0;
552
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000553 Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, IC);
554 Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, IC);
555
556 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
557 SelectFalseVal);
558 }
559 return 0;
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000560}
561
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000562
563/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a PHI
564/// node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI (which
565/// is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
566Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) {
567 PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000568 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
569 if (!PN->hasOneUse() || NumPHIValues == 0 ||
570 !isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(0))) return 0;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000571
572 // Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are constants. If not, we
573 // cannot do the transformation.
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000574 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000575 if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)))
576 return 0;
577
578 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
579 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(I.getType(), I.getName());
580 I.setName("");
Chris Lattner55517062005-01-29 00:39:08 +0000581 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN->getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000582 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
583
584 // Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
585 if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
586 Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000587 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000588 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
589 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InV, C),
590 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
591 }
592 } else {
593 assert(isa<CastInst>(I) && "Unary op should be a cast!");
594 const Type *RetTy = I.getType();
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000595 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000596 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
597 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(InV, RetTy),
598 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
599 }
600 }
601 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
602}
603
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000604Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000605 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000606 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000607
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000608 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000609 // X + undef -> undef
610 if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS))
611 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
612
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000613 // X + 0 --> X
614 if (!I.getType()->isFloatingPoint() && // -0 + +0 = +0, so it's not a noop
615 RHSC->isNullValue())
616 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000617
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000618 // X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
619 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000620 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000621 uint64_t Val = CI->getRawValue() & (1ULL << NumBits)-1;
Chris Lattnerf1580922004-11-05 04:45:43 +0000622 if (Val == (1ULL << (NumBits-1)))
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000623 return BinaryOperator::createXor(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000624 }
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000625
626 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
627 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
628 return NV;
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000629 }
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000630
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000631 // X + X --> X << 1
Robert Bocchino71698282004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000632 if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000633 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS))) return Result;
Chris Lattner7edc8c22005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000634
635 if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RHS)) {
636 if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
637 if (LHS == RHSI->getOperand(1)) // A + (B - A) --> B
638 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHSI->getOperand(0));
639 }
640 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS)) {
641 if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
642 if (RHS == LHSI->getOperand(1)) // (B - A) + A --> B
643 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHSI->getOperand(0));
644 }
Robert Bocchino71698282004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000645 }
Chris Lattnere92d2f42003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000646
Chris Lattner5c4afb92002-05-08 22:46:53 +0000647 // -A + B --> B - A
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000648 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(LHS))
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000649 return BinaryOperator::createSub(RHS, V);
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000650
651 // A + -B --> A - B
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000652 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
653 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000654 return BinaryOperator::createSub(LHS, V);
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000655
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000656
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000657 ConstantInt *C2;
658 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
659 if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
660 return BinaryOperator::createMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
661
662 // X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
663 ConstantInt *C1;
664 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
665 return BinaryOperator::createMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000666 }
667
668 // X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000669 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
670 return BinaryOperator::createMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
671
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000672
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000673 // (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000674 if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000675 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2))) return R;
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000676
Chris Lattner6b032052003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000677 if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000678 Value *X;
679 if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) { // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
680 Constant *C= ConstantExpr::getSub(CRHS, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
681 return BinaryOperator::createSub(C, X);
Chris Lattner6b032052003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000682 }
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000683
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000684 // (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
685 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
686 Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
687 if (Anded == CRHS) {
688 // See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
689 // in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
690 uint64_t AddRHSV = CRHS->getRawValue();
691
692 // Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
693 uint64_t AddRHSHighBits = ~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1);
Chris Lattnerf52d6812005-04-24 17:46:05 +0000694 AddRHSHighBits &= ~0ULL >> (64-C2->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000695
696 // See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
697 uint64_t AddRHSHighBitsAnd = AddRHSHighBits & C2->getRawValue();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000698
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000699 if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
700 // Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
701 Value *NewAdd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(X, CRHS,
702 LHS->getName()), I);
703 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NewAdd, C2);
704 }
705 }
706 }
707
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000708 // Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
709 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000710 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000711 return R;
Chris Lattner6b032052003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000712 }
713
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000714 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000715}
716
Chris Lattner1ba5bcd2003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000717// isSignBit - Return true if the value represented by the constant only has the
718// highest order bit set.
719static bool isSignBit(ConstantInt *CI) {
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000720 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnerf52d6812005-04-24 17:46:05 +0000721 return (CI->getRawValue() & (~0ULL >> (64-NumBits))) == (1ULL << (NumBits-1));
Chris Lattner1ba5bcd2003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000722}
723
Chris Lattnerbfe492b2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000724/// RemoveNoopCast - Strip off nonconverting casts from the value.
725///
726static Value *RemoveNoopCast(Value *V) {
727 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V)) {
728 const Type *CTy = CI->getType();
729 const Type *OpTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
730 if (CTy->isInteger() && OpTy->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000731 if (CTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == OpTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
Chris Lattnerbfe492b2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000732 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
733 } else if (isa<PointerType>(CTy) && isa<PointerType>(OpTy))
734 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
735 }
736 return V;
737}
738
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000739Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000740 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000741
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000742 if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
743 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000744
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000745 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000746 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000747 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, V);
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000748
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000749 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
750 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
751 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
752 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
753
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000754 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
755 // Replace (-1 - A) with (~A)...
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000756 if (C->isAllOnesValue())
757 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1);
Chris Lattner40371712002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000758
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000759 // C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000760 Value *X;
761 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
762 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(X,
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000763 ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner9c290672004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000764 // -((uint)X >> 31) -> ((int)X >> 31)
765 // -((int)X >> 31) -> ((uint)X >> 31)
Chris Lattnerbfe492b2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000766 if (C->isNullValue()) {
767 Value *NoopCastedRHS = RemoveNoopCast(Op1);
768 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(NoopCastedRHS))
Chris Lattner9c290672004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000769 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shr)
770 if (ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
771 const Type *NewTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe492b2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000772 if (SI->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner5dd04022004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000773 NewTy = SI->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
Chris Lattner9c290672004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000774 else
Chris Lattner5dd04022004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000775 NewTy = SI->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattner9c290672004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000776 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000777 if (CU->getValue() == SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
Chris Lattner9c290672004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000778 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert a cast of the incoming
779 // value, then the new shift, then the new cast.
780 Instruction *FirstCast = new CastInst(SI->getOperand(0), NewTy,
781 SI->getOperand(0)->getName());
782 Value *InV = InsertNewInstBefore(FirstCast, I);
783 Instruction *NewShift = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, FirstCast,
784 CU, SI->getName());
Chris Lattnerbfe492b2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000785 if (NewShift->getType() == I.getType())
786 return NewShift;
787 else {
788 InV = InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
789 return new CastInst(NewShift, I.getType());
790 }
Chris Lattner9c290672004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000791 }
792 }
Chris Lattnerbfe492b2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000793 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000794
795 // Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
796 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000797 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000798 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000799
800 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
801 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
802 return NV;
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000803 }
804
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000805 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
806 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add &&
807 !Op0->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattner08954a22005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000808 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000809 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
Chris Lattner08954a22005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000810 else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000811 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0), I.getName());
Chris Lattner08954a22005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000812 else if (ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand(0))) {
813 if (ConstantInt *CI2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
814 // C1-(X+C2) --> (C1-C2)-X
815 return BinaryOperator::createSub(ConstantExpr::getSub(CI1, CI2),
816 Op1I->getOperand(0));
817 }
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000818 }
819
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000820 if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000821 // Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
822 // is not used by anyone else...
823 //
Chris Lattner0517e722004-02-02 20:09:56 +0000824 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
825 !Op1I->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000826 // Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
827 Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
828 Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
829 Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000830
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000831 // Create the new top level add instruction...
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000832 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000833 }
834
835 // Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
836 //
837 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
838 (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
839 Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
840
Chris Lattnerf523d062004-06-09 05:08:07 +0000841 Value *NewNot =
842 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(OtherOp, "B.not"), I);
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000843 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, NewNot);
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000844 }
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000845
Chris Lattner91ccc152004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000846 // -(X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
847 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
848 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000849 if (CSI->isNullValue())
Chris Lattner91ccc152004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000850 if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000851 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner91ccc152004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000852 ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
853
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000854 // X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000855 ConstantInt *C2;
856 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000857 Constant *CP1 =
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000858 ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1), C2);
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000859 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0, CP1);
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000860 }
Chris Lattner40371712002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000861 }
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000862 }
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000863
Chris Lattner7edc8c22005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000864 if (!Op0->getType()->isFloatingPoint())
865 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
866 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
Chris Lattner6fb5a4a2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000867 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (Y+X)-Y == X
868 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
869 else if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) // (X+Y)-Y == X
870 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner7edc8c22005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000871 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
872 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (X-Y)-X == -Y
873 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
Chris Lattner6fb5a4a2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000874 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000875
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000876 ConstantInt *C1;
877 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
878 if (X == Op1) { // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
879 Constant *CP1 = ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(),1));
880 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, CP1);
881 }
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000882
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000883 ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
884 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
885 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
886 }
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000887 return 0;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000888}
889
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000890/// isSignBitCheck - Given an exploded setcc instruction, return true if it is
891/// really just returns true if the most significant (sign) bit is set.
892static bool isSignBitCheck(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, ConstantInt *RHS) {
893 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned()) {
894 // True if source is LHS < 0 or LHS <= -1
895 return Opcode == Instruction::SetLT && RHS->isNullValue() ||
896 Opcode == Instruction::SetLE && RHS->isAllOnesValue();
897 } else {
898 ConstantUInt *RHSC = cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS);
899 // True if source is LHS > 127 or LHS >= 128, where the constants depend on
900 // the size of the integer type.
901 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGE)
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000902 return RHSC->getValue() ==
903 1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000904 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGT)
905 return RHSC->getValue() ==
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000906 (1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1))-1;
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000907 }
908 return false;
909}
910
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000911Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000912 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000913 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000914
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000915 if (isa<UndefValue>(I.getOperand(1))) // undef * X -> 0
916 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
917
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000918 // Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS...
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000919 if (Constant *Op1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
920 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnere92d2f42003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000921
922 // ((X << C1)*C2) == (X * (C2 << C1))
923 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
924 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
925 if (Constant *ShOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000926 return BinaryOperator::createMul(SI->getOperand(0),
927 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShOp));
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000928
Chris Lattner515c97c2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000929 if (CI->isNullValue())
930 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X * 0 == 0
931 if (CI->equalsInt(1)) // X * 1 == X
932 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
933 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
Chris Lattner0af1fab2003-06-25 17:09:20 +0000934 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0, I.getName());
Chris Lattner6c1ce212002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000935
Chris Lattner515c97c2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000936 int64_t Val = (int64_t)cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000937 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val)) // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C
938 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0,
939 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Robert Bocchino71698282004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000940 } else if (ConstantFP *Op1F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000941 if (Op1F->isNullValue())
942 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattner6c1ce212002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000943
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000944 // "In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for nans. However,
945 // ANSI says we can drop signals, so we can do this anyway." (from GCC)
946 if (Op1F->getValue() == 1.0)
947 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // Eliminate 'mul double %X, 1.0'
948 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000949
950 // Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
951 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000952 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000953 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000954
955 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
956 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
957 return NV;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000958 }
959
Chris Lattnera4f445b2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000960 if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
961 if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castNegVal(I.getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000962 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0v, Op1v);
Chris Lattnera4f445b2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000963
Chris Lattnerfb54b2b2004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000964 // If one of the operands of the multiply is a cast from a boolean value, then
965 // we know the bool is either zero or one, so this is a 'masking' multiply.
966 // See if we can simplify things based on how the boolean was originally
967 // formed.
968 CastInst *BoolCast = 0;
969 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
970 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
971 BoolCast = CI;
972 if (!BoolCast)
973 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
974 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
975 BoolCast = CI;
976 if (BoolCast) {
977 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(BoolCast->getOperand(0))) {
978 Value *SCIOp0 = SCI->getOperand(0), *SCIOp1 = SCI->getOperand(1);
979 const Type *SCOpTy = SCIOp0->getType();
980
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000981 // If the setcc is true iff the sign bit of X is set, then convert this
982 // multiply into a shift/and combination.
983 if (isa<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1) &&
984 isSignBitCheck(SCI->getOpcode(), SCIOp0, cast<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1))) {
Chris Lattnerfb54b2b2004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000985 // Shift the X value right to turn it into "all signbits".
986 Constant *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000987 SCOpTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000988 if (SCIOp0->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattner5dd04022004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000989 const Type *NewTy = SCIOp0->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000990 SCIOp0 = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SCIOp0, NewTy,
991 SCIOp0->getName()), I);
992 }
993
994 Value *V =
995 InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, SCIOp0, Amt,
996 BoolCast->getOperand(0)->getName()+
997 ".mask"), I);
Chris Lattnerfb54b2b2004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000998
999 // If the multiply type is not the same as the source type, sign extend
1000 // or truncate to the multiply type.
1001 if (I.getType() != V->getType())
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +00001002 V = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, I.getType(), V->getName()),I);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001003
Chris Lattnerfb54b2b2004-02-23 05:39:21 +00001004 Value *OtherOp = Op0 == BoolCast ? I.getOperand(1) : Op0;
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001005 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, OtherOp);
Chris Lattnerfb54b2b2004-02-23 05:39:21 +00001006 }
1007 }
1008 }
1009
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001010 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00001011}
1012
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001013Instruction *InstCombiner::visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001014 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001015
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001016 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef / X -> 0
1017 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1018 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1019 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X / undef -> undef
1020
1021 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner83a2e6e2004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001022 // div X, 1 == X
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001023 if (RHS->equalsInt(1))
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001024 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001025
Chris Lattner83a2e6e2004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001026 // div X, -1 == -X
1027 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001028 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0);
Chris Lattner83a2e6e2004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001029
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001030 if (Instruction *LHS = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattner18d19ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00001031 if (LHS->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
1032 if (ConstantInt *LHSRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner18d19ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00001033 // (X / C1) / C2 -> X / (C1*C2)
1034 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHS->getOperand(0),
1035 ConstantExpr::getMul(RHS, LHSRHS));
1036 }
1037
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001038 // Check to see if this is an unsigned division with an exact power of 2,
1039 // if so, convert to a right shift.
1040 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1041 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X / 0
1042 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val))
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001043 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001044 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001045
Chris Lattnera052f822004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001046 // -X/C -> X/-C
1047 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001048 if (Value *LHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op0))
Chris Lattnera052f822004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001049 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHSNeg, ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
1050
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001051 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1052 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001053 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001054 return R;
1055 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1056 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1057 return NV;
1058 }
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001059 }
1060
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001061 // If this is 'udiv X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1062 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (udiv X, C1) : (udiv X, C2))'.
1063 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1064 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1065 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1066 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1067 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001068 return &I;
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001069 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
Chris Lattnerf9c775c2005-06-16 04:55:52 +00001070 I.setOperand(1, STO);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001071 return &I;
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001072 }
1073
Chris Lattnerbf70b832005-04-08 04:03:26 +00001074 uint64_t TVA = STO->getValue(), FVA = SFO->getValue();
1075 unsigned TSA = 0, FSA = 0;
1076 if ((TVA == 1 || (TSA = Log2(TVA))) && // Log2 fails for 0 & 1.
1077 (FVA == 1 || (FSA = Log2(FVA)))) {
1078 Constant *TC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TSA);
1079 Instruction *TSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1080 TC, SI->getName()+".t");
1081 TSI = InsertNewInstBefore(TSI, I);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001082
Chris Lattnerbf70b832005-04-08 04:03:26 +00001083 Constant *FC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, FSA);
1084 Instruction *FSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1085 FC, SI->getName()+".f");
1086 FSI = InsertNewInstBefore(FSI, I);
1087 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TSI, FSI);
1088 }
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001089 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001090
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001091 // 0 / X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001092 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001093 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
1094 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1095
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001096 return 0;
1097}
1098
1099
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001100Instruction *InstCombiner::visitRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001101 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner5b73c082004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001102 if (I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001103 if (Value *RHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattner1e3564e2004-07-06 07:11:42 +00001104 if (!isa<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg) ||
Chris Lattnerb49f3062004-08-09 21:05:48 +00001105 cast<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg)->getValue() > 0) {
Chris Lattner5b73c082004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001106 // X % -Y -> X % Y
1107 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
1108 I.setOperand(1, RHSNeg);
1109 return &I;
1110 }
1111
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001112 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef % X -> 0
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001113 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001114 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1115 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X % undef -> undef
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001116
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001117 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001118 if (RHS->equalsInt(1)) // X % 1 == 0
1119 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1120
1121 // Check to see if this is an unsigned remainder with an exact power of 2,
1122 // if so, convert to a bitwise and.
1123 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1124 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X % 0 (divide by zero)
Chris Lattner546516c2004-05-07 15:35:56 +00001125 if (!(Val & (Val-1))) // Power of 2
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001126 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1127 ConstantUInt::get(I.getType(), Val-1));
1128
1129 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1130 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001131 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001132 return R;
1133 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1134 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1135 return NV;
1136 }
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001137 }
1138
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001139 // If this is 'urem X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1140 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (urem X, C1) : (urem X, C2))'.
1141 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1142 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1143 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1144 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1145 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001146 return &I;
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001147 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1148 I.setOperand(1, STO);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001149 return &I;
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001150 }
1151
1152 if (!(STO->getValue() & (STO->getValue()-1)) &&
1153 !(SFO->getValue() & (SFO->getValue()-1))) {
1154 Value *TrueAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1155 SubOne(STO), SI->getName()+".t"), I);
1156 Value *FalseAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1157 SubOne(SFO), SI->getName()+".f"), I);
1158 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TrueAnd, FalseAnd);
1159 }
1160 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001161
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001162 // 0 % X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattner857e8cd2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001163 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001164 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001165 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1166
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001167 return 0;
1168}
1169
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001170// isMaxValueMinusOne - return true if this is Max-1
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001171static bool isMaxValueMinusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001172 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C)) {
1173 // Calculate -1 casted to the right type...
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001174 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001175 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones
1176 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1177 return CU->getValue() == Val-1;
1178 }
1179
1180 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001181
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001182 // Calculate 0111111111..11111
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001183 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001184 int64_t Val = INT64_MAX; // All ones
1185 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1186 return CS->getValue() == Val-1;
1187}
1188
1189// isMinValuePlusOne - return true if this is Min+1
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001190static bool isMinValuePlusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001191 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C))
1192 return CU->getValue() == 1;
1193
1194 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001195
1196 // Calculate 1111111111000000000000
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001197 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001198 int64_t Val = -1; // All ones
1199 Val <<= TypeBits-1; // Shift over to the right spot
1200 return CS->getValue() == Val+1;
1201}
1202
Chris Lattner457dd822004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001203// isOneBitSet - Return true if there is exactly one bit set in the specified
1204// constant.
1205static bool isOneBitSet(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1206 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1207 return V && (V & (V-1)) == 0;
1208}
1209
Chris Lattnerb20ba0a2004-09-23 21:46:38 +00001210#if 0 // Currently unused
1211// isLowOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 0+1+.
1212static bool isLowOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1213 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1214
1215 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1216 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1217
1218 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1219 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1220}
1221#endif
1222
1223// isHighOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 1+0+.
1224// This is the same as lowones(~X).
1225static bool isHighOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1226 uint64_t V = ~CI->getRawValue();
1227
1228 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1229 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1230
1231 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1232 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1233}
1234
1235
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001236/// getSetCondCode - Encode a setcc opcode into a three bit mask. These bits
1237/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
1238///
1239/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
1240///
1241/// Bit value '4' represents that the comparison is true if A > B, bit value '2'
1242/// represents that the comparison is true if A == B, and bit value '1' is true
1243/// if A < B.
1244///
1245static unsigned getSetCondCode(const SetCondInst *SCI) {
1246 switch (SCI->getOpcode()) {
1247 // False -> 0
1248 case Instruction::SetGT: return 1;
1249 case Instruction::SetEQ: return 2;
1250 case Instruction::SetGE: return 3;
1251 case Instruction::SetLT: return 4;
1252 case Instruction::SetNE: return 5;
1253 case Instruction::SetLE: return 6;
1254 // True -> 7
1255 default:
1256 assert(0 && "Invalid SetCC opcode!");
1257 return 0;
1258 }
1259}
1260
1261/// getSetCCValue - This is the complement of getSetCondCode, which turns an
1262/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand new
1263/// SetCC instruction.
1264static Value *getSetCCValue(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
1265 switch (Opcode) {
1266 case 0: return ConstantBool::False;
1267 case 1: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHS, RHS);
1268 case 2: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, LHS, RHS);
1269 case 3: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, LHS, RHS);
1270 case 4: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHS, RHS);
1271 case 5: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, LHS, RHS);
1272 case 6: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLE, LHS, RHS);
1273 case 7: return ConstantBool::True;
1274 default: assert(0 && "Illegal SetCCCode!"); return 0;
1275 }
1276}
1277
1278// FoldSetCCLogical - Implements (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
1279struct FoldSetCCLogical {
1280 InstCombiner &IC;
1281 Value *LHS, *RHS;
1282 FoldSetCCLogical(InstCombiner &ic, SetCondInst *SCI)
1283 : IC(ic), LHS(SCI->getOperand(0)), RHS(SCI->getOperand(1)) {}
1284 bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
1285 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(V))
1286 return (SCI->getOperand(0) == LHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == RHS ||
1287 SCI->getOperand(0) == RHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1288 return false;
1289 }
1290 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Log) const {
1291 SetCondInst *SCI = cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
1292 if (SCI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
1293 assert(SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1294 SCI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the SetCC
1295 }
1296
1297 unsigned LHSCode = getSetCondCode(SCI);
1298 unsigned RHSCode = getSetCondCode(cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(1)));
1299 unsigned Code;
1300 switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
1301 case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
1302 case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
1303 case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
Chris Lattner021c1902003-09-22 20:33:34 +00001304 default: assert(0 && "Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001305 }
1306
1307 Value *RV = getSetCCValue(Code, LHS, RHS);
1308 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
1309 return I;
1310 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
1311 return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
1312 }
1313};
1314
1315
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001316/// MaskedValueIsZero - Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use
1317/// this predicate to simplify operations downstream. V and Mask are known to
1318/// be the same type.
1319static bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, ConstantIntegral *Mask) {
1320 if (isa<UndefValue>(V) || Mask->isNullValue())
1321 return true;
1322 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
1323 return ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001324
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001325 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
1326 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
1327 case Instruction::And:
1328 // (X & C1) & C2 == 0 iff C1 & C2 == 0.
1329 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(I->getOperand(1)))
1330 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue())
1331 return true;
1332 break;
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001333 case Instruction::Or:
1334 // If the LHS and the RHS are MaskedValueIsZero, the result is also zero.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001335 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask) &&
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001336 MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0), Mask);
1337 case Instruction::Select:
1338 // If the T and F values are MaskedValueIsZero, the result is also zero.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001339 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(2), Mask) &&
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001340 MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask);
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001341 case Instruction::Cast: {
1342 const Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
Chris Lattnerd1523802005-05-06 01:53:19 +00001343 if (SrcTy == Type::BoolTy)
1344 return (Mask->getRawValue() & 1) == 0;
1345
1346 if (SrcTy->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001347 // (cast <ty> X to int) & C2 == 0 iff <ty> could not have contained C2.
1348 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned() && // Only handle zero ext.
1349 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, SrcTy)->isNullValue())
1350 return true;
1351
1352 // If this is a noop cast, recurse.
Chris Lattnerd1523802005-05-06 01:53:19 +00001353 if ((SrcTy->isSigned() && SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion() == I->getType())||
1354 SrcTy->getSignedVersion() == I->getType()) {
1355 Constant *NewMask =
1356 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, I->getOperand(0)->getType());
1357 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
1358 cast<ConstantIntegral>(NewMask));
1359 }
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001360 }
1361 break;
1362 }
1363 case Instruction::Shl:
Chris Lattnereabfa472005-05-06 04:53:20 +00001364 // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (X & C2 >>u C1) == 0
1365 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1)))
1366 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
1367 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getUShr(Mask, SA)));
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001368 break;
1369 case Instruction::Shr:
1370 // (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
1371 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1)))
1372 if (I->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1373 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1374 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShr(C1, SA);
1375 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1376 if (C1->isNullValue())
1377 return true;
1378 }
1379 break;
1380 }
1381 }
1382
1383 return false;
1384}
1385
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001386// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
1387// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
1388// guaranteed to be either a shift instruction or a binary operator.
1389Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
1390 ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
1391 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS,
1392 BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
1393 Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner76f7fe22004-01-12 19:47:05 +00001394 Constant *Together = 0;
1395 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(Op))
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001396 Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001397
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001398 switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
1399 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001400 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001401 // (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
1402 std::string OpName = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001403 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, OpName);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001404 InsertNewInstBefore(And, TheAnd);
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001405 return BinaryOperator::createXor(And, Together);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001406 }
1407 break;
1408 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001409 if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
1410 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001411
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001412 if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
1413 // (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
1414 std::string Op0Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1415 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, Together, Op0Name);
1416 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, TheAnd);
1417 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001418 }
1419 break;
1420 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001421 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001422 // Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
1423 // of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
1424 // single bit constant.
Chris Lattner457dd822004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001425 uint64_t AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001426
1427 // Clear bits that are not part of the constant.
Chris Lattnerf52d6812005-04-24 17:46:05 +00001428 AndRHSV &= ~0ULL >> (64-AndRHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001429
1430 // If there is only one bit set...
Chris Lattner457dd822004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001431 if (isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS))) {
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001432 // Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
1433 // ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
1434 // no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
Chris Lattner457dd822004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001435 uint64_t AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getRawValue();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001436
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001437 // Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
1438 if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
1439 // If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
1440 // the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
1441 // the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
1442 // no effect.
1443 if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
1444 TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
1445 return &TheAnd;
1446 } else {
1447 std::string Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1448 // Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001449 Instruction *NewAnd = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, Name);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001450 InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, TheAnd);
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001451 return BinaryOperator::createXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001452 }
1453 }
1454 }
1455 }
1456 break;
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001457
1458 case Instruction::Shl: {
1459 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1460 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
1461 //
1462 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001463 Constant *ShlMask = ConstantExpr::getShl(AllOne, OpRHS);
1464 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShlMask);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001465
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001466 if (CI == ShlMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks
1467 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
1468 } else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001469 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
1470 return &TheAnd;
1471 }
1472 break;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001473 }
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001474 case Instruction::Shr:
1475 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1476 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
1477 // unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
1478 //
1479 if (AndRHS->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1480 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001481 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1482 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
1483
1484 if (CI == ShrMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
1485 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
1486 } else if (CI != AndRHS) {
1487 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001488 return &TheAnd;
1489 }
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001490 } else { // Signed shr.
1491 // See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
1492 // with an and.
1493 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
1494 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
1495 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1496 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
Chris Lattner9b991822004-10-22 04:53:16 +00001497 if (CI == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001498 // Make the argument unsigned.
1499 Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
1500 ShVal = InsertCastBefore(ShVal,
1501 ShVal->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1502 TheAnd);
1503 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, ShVal,
1504 OpRHS, Op->getName()),
1505 TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdc781222004-10-27 05:57:15 +00001506 Value *AndRHS2 = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndRHS, ShVal->getType());
1507 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(ShVal, AndRHS2,
1508 TheAnd.getName()),
1509 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001510 return new CastInst(ShVal, Op->getType());
1511 }
1512 }
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001513 }
1514 break;
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001515 }
1516 return 0;
1517}
1518
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001519
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001520/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
1521/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
1522/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. IB is the location to
1523/// insert new instructions.
1524Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
1525 bool Inside, Instruction &IB) {
1526 assert(cast<ConstantBool>(ConstantExpr::getSetLE(Lo, Hi))->getValue() &&
1527 "Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
1528 if (Inside) {
1529 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
1530 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, V, V);
1531 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue())
1532 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, V, Hi);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001533
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001534 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1535 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST,V->getName()+".off");
1536 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1537 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1538 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1539 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1540 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1541 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1542 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1543 }
1544
1545 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
1546 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, V, V);
1547
1548 Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
1549 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue()) // V < 0 || V >= Hi ->'V > Hi-1'
1550 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, V, Hi);
1551
1552 // Emit X-Lo > Hi-Lo-1
1553 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1554 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST, V->getName()+".off");
1555 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1556 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1557 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1558 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1559 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1560 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1561 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1562}
1563
1564
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001565Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001566 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001567 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001568
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001569 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X & undef -> 0
1570 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1571
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001572 // and X, X = X
1573 if (Op0 == Op1)
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001574 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001575
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001576 if (ConstantIntegral *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001577 // and X, -1 == X
1578 if (AndRHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001579 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001580
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001581 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, AndRHS)) // LHS & RHS == 0
1582 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1583
1584 // If the mask is not masking out any bits, there is no reason to do the
1585 // and in the first place.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001586 ConstantIntegral *NotAndRHS =
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001587 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(AndRHS));
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001588 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, NotAndRHS))
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001589 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001590
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001591 // Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
1592 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(Op0) || isa<ShiftInst>(Op0)) {
1593 Instruction *Op0I = cast<Instruction>(Op0);
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001594 Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
1595 Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
1596 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
1597 case Instruction::Xor:
1598 case Instruction::Or:
1599 // (X ^ V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1600 // (X | V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1601 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS))
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001602 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001603 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001604 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001605
1606 // If the mask is only needed on one incoming arm, push it up.
1607 if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
1608 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1609 // Not masking anything out for the LHS, move to RHS.
1610 Instruction *NewRHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS,
1611 Op0RHS->getName()+".masked");
1612 InsertNewInstBefore(NewRHS, I);
1613 return BinaryOperator::create(
1614 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), Op0LHS, NewRHS);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001615 }
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001616 if (!isa<Constant>(NotAndRHS) &&
1617 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1618 // Not masking anything out for the RHS, move to LHS.
1619 Instruction *NewLHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS,
1620 Op0LHS->getName()+".masked");
1621 InsertNewInstBefore(NewLHS, I);
1622 return BinaryOperator::create(
1623 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), NewLHS, Op0RHS);
1624 }
1625 }
1626
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001627 break;
1628 case Instruction::And:
1629 // (X & V) & C2 --> 0 iff (V & C2) == 0
1630 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS) ||
1631 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1632 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1633 break;
1634 }
1635
Chris Lattner58403262003-07-23 19:25:52 +00001636 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001637 if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001638 return Res;
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001639 } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
1640 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
1641
1642 // If this is an integer sign or zero extension instruction.
1643 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001644 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
1645 CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001646
1647 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned()) {
1648 // See if this and is clearing out bits that are known to be zero
1649 // anyway (due to the zero extension).
1650 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1651 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1652 Constant *Result = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS);
1653 if (Result == Mask) // The "and" isn't doing anything, remove it.
1654 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CI);
1655 if (Result != AndRHS) { // Reduce the and RHS constant.
1656 I.setOperand(1, Result);
1657 return &I;
1658 }
1659
1660 } else {
1661 if (CI->hasOneUse() && SrcTy->isInteger()) {
1662 // We can only do this if all of the sign bits brought in are masked
1663 // out. Compute this by first getting 0000011111, then inverting
1664 // it.
1665 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1666 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1667 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the new bits.
1668 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS)->isNullValue()) {
1669 // If the and is clearing all of the sign bits, change this to a
1670 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
1671 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
1672 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
1673 Instruction *NC =
1674 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1675 CI->getName()+".uns");
1676 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1677 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
1678 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
1679 CI->setName("");
1680 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1681 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
1682 I.setOperand(0, NC);
1683 return &I; // The AND operand was modified.
1684 }
1685 }
1686 }
1687 }
Chris Lattner06782f82003-07-23 19:36:21 +00001688 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001689
1690 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1691 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001692 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001693 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001694 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1695 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1696 return NV;
Chris Lattnerc6a8aff2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001697 }
1698
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001699 Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0);
1700 Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1);
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001701
Chris Lattner5b62aa72004-06-18 06:07:51 +00001702 if (Op0NotVal == Op1 || Op1NotVal == Op0) // A & ~A == ~A & A == 0
1703 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1704
Misha Brukmancb6267b2004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001705 // (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001706 if (Op0NotVal && Op1NotVal && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001707 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
1708 I.getName()+".demorgan");
Chris Lattnerc6a8aff2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001709 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001710 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Or);
1711 }
1712
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001713 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op1)) {
1714 // (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001715 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1716 return R;
1717
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001718 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1719 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1720 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1721 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1722 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1723 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) & (X setcc C2)
1724 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001725 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001726 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1727 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1728 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1729 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1730 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1731 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1732 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1733 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1734 }
1735
1736 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1737 // comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
1738 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1739 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1740 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1741 // equal.
1742 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1743
1744 switch (LHSCC) {
1745 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1746 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1747 switch (RHSCC) {
1748 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1749 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
1750 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
1751 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1752 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
1753 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1754 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1755 }
1756 case Instruction::SetNE:
1757 switch (RHSCC) {
1758 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1759 case Instruction::SetLT:
1760 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X < 14) -> X < 13
1761 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1762 break; // (X != 13 & X < 15) -> no change
1763 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1764 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1765 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1766 case Instruction::SetNE:
1767 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
1768 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1769 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1770 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1771 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1772 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1773 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1774 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(RHSCst, LHSCst);
1775 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1776 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1777 }
1778 break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
1779 }
1780 break;
1781 case Instruction::SetLT:
1782 switch (RHSCC) {
1783 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1784 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 & X == 15) -> false
1785 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 & X > 15) -> false
1786 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1787 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
1788 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 & X < 15) -> X < 13
1789 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1790 }
1791 case Instruction::SetGT:
1792 switch (RHSCC) {
1793 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1794 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 & X == 15) -> X > 13
1795 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1796 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1797 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1798 case Instruction::SetNE:
1799 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X > 13 & X != 14) -> X > 14
1800 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, RHSCst);
1801 break; // (X > 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001802 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 & X < 15) -> (X-14) <u 1
1803 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, true, I);
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001804 }
1805 }
1806 }
1807 }
1808
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001809 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001810}
1811
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001812Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001813 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001814 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001815
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001816 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1817 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // X | undef -> -1
1818 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1819
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001820 // or X, X = X or X, 0 == X
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001821 if (Op0 == Op1 || Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()))
1822 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001823
1824 // or X, -1 == -1
Chris Lattnerad44ebf2003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001825 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001826 // If X is known to only contain bits that already exist in RHS, just
1827 // replace this instruction with RHS directly.
1828 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
1829 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS))))
1830 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001831
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001832 ConstantInt *C1; Value *X;
1833 // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
1834 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner6e4c6492005-05-09 04:58:36 +00001835 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0->getName());
1836 Op0->setName("");
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001837 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1838 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, ConstantExpr::getOr(RHS, C1));
1839 }
Chris Lattnerad44ebf2003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001840
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001841 // (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
1842 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1843 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1844 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1845 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1846 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Or,
1847 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS)));
Chris Lattnerad44ebf2003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001848 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001849
1850 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1851 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001852 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001853 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001854 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1855 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1856 return NV;
Chris Lattnerad44ebf2003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001857 }
1858
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001859 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
Chris Lattnerf4d4c872005-05-07 23:49:08 +00001860
1861 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
1862 if (A == Op1 || B == Op1) // (A & ?) | A --> A
1863 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
1864 if (match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
1865 if (A == Op0 || B == Op0) // A | (A & ?) --> A
1866 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
1867
Chris Lattner6e4c6492005-05-09 04:58:36 +00001868 // (X^C)|Y -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
1869 if (Op0->hasOneUse() && match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
1870 MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, C1)) {
1871 Instruction *NOr = BinaryOperator::createOr(A, Op1, Op0->getName());
1872 Op0->setName("");
1873 return BinaryOperator::createXor(InsertNewInstBefore(NOr, I), C1);
1874 }
1875
1876 // Y|(X^C) -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
1877 if (Op1->hasOneUse() && match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
1878 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, C1)) {
1879 Instruction *NOr = BinaryOperator::createOr(A, Op0, Op1->getName());
1880 Op0->setName("");
1881 return BinaryOperator::createXor(InsertNewInstBefore(NOr, I), C1);
1882 }
1883
Chris Lattnerf4d4c872005-05-07 23:49:08 +00001884 // (A & C1)|(A & C2) == A & (C1|C2)
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001885 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
1886 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) && A == B)
1887 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, ConstantExpr::getOr(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner67ca7682003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001888
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001889 if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) { // ~A | Op1
1890 if (A == Op1) // ~A | A == -1
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001891 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001892 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1893 } else {
1894 A = 0;
1895 }
Chris Lattnerf4d4c872005-05-07 23:49:08 +00001896 // Note, A is still live here!
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001897 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B)))) { // Op0 | ~B
1898 if (Op0 == B)
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001899 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001900 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnera27231a2003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001901
Misha Brukmancb6267b2004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001902 // (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001903 if (A && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
1904 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, B,
1905 I.getName()+".demorgan"), I);
1906 return BinaryOperator::createNot(And);
1907 }
Chris Lattnera27231a2003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001908 }
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001909
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001910 // (setcc1 A, B) | (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattnerb4f40d22004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001911 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001912 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1913 return R;
1914
Chris Lattnerb4f40d22004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001915 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1916 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1917 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1918 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1919 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1920 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) | (X setcc C2)
1921 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001922 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
Chris Lattnerb4f40d22004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001923 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1924 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1925 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1926 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1927 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1928 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1929 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1930 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1931 }
1932
1933 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1934 // comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
1935 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1936 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1937 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1938 // equal.
1939 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1940
1941 switch (LHSCC) {
1942 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1943 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1944 switch (RHSCC) {
1945 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1946 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1947 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
1948 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1949 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1950 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1951 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1952 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1953 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1954 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
1955 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1956 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1957 }
1958 break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
1959
Chris Lattner240d6f42005-04-19 06:04:18 +00001960 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 | X > 14) -> no change
1961 break;
Chris Lattnerb4f40d22004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001962 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1963 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1964 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1965 }
1966 break;
1967 case Instruction::SetNE:
1968 switch (RHSCC) {
1969 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1970 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X != 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1971 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1972 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
1973 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 | X > 15) -> X != 13
1974 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1975 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
1976 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1977 }
1978 break;
1979 case Instruction::SetLT:
1980 switch (RHSCC) {
1981 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1982 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 | X == 14) -> no change
1983 break;
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001984 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 | X > 15) -> (X-13) > 2
1985 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), false, I);
Chris Lattnerb4f40d22004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001986 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1987 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1988 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1989 }
1990 break;
1991 case Instruction::SetGT:
1992 switch (RHSCC) {
1993 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1994 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
1995 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 | X > 15) -> X > 13
1996 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1997 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X > 13 | X != 15) -> true
1998 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 | X < 15) -> true
1999 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2000 }
2001 }
2002 }
2003 }
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002004 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002005}
2006
Chris Lattnerc317d392004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002007// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
2008struct XorSelf {
2009 Value *RHS;
2010 XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
2011 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
2012 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
2013 return &Xor;
2014 }
2015};
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002016
2017
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002018Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002019 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002020 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002021
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002022 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
2023 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
2024
Chris Lattnerc317d392004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002025 // xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
2026 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
2027 assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?");
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002028 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerc317d392004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002029 }
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002030
Chris Lattnereca0c5c2003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002031 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002032 // xor X, 0 == X
Chris Lattnereca0c5c2003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002033 if (RHS->isNullValue())
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002034 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002035
Chris Lattnereca0c5c2003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002036 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner05bd1b22002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002037 // xor (setcc A, B), true = not (setcc A, B) = setncc A, B
Chris Lattnereca0c5c2003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002038 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op0I))
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002039 if (RHS == ConstantBool::True && SCI->hasOneUse())
Chris Lattner05bd1b22002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002040 return new SetCondInst(SCI->getInverseCondition(),
2041 SCI->getOperand(0), SCI->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerad5b4fb2003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002042
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +00002043 // ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002044 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
2045 if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002046 Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
2047 Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002048 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002049 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002050 }
Chris Lattner5b62aa72004-06-18 06:07:51 +00002051
2052 // ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y)
2053 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
2054 if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1))) Op0I->swapOperands();
2055 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
2056 Instruction *NotY =
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002057 BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner5b62aa72004-06-18 06:07:51 +00002058 Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
2059 InsertNewInstBefore(NotY, I);
2060 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
2061 }
2062 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002063
Chris Lattnereca0c5c2003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002064 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerad5b4fb2003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002065 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
2066 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner689d24b2003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002067 // ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002068 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002069 Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
2070 return BinaryOperator::createSub(
2071 ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002072 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Chris Lattner689d24b2003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002073 Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002074 }
Chris Lattnerad5b4fb2003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002075 break;
2076 case Instruction::And:
Chris Lattnereca0c5c2003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002077 // (X & C1) ^ C2 --> (X & C1) | C2 iff (C1&C2) == 0
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002078 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI)->isNullValue())
2079 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, RHS);
Chris Lattnerad5b4fb2003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002080 break;
2081 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattnereca0c5c2003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002082 // (X | C1) ^ C2 --> (X | C1) & ~C2 iff (C1&C2) == C2
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002083 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI) == RHS)
Chris Lattner448c3232004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002084 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS));
Chris Lattnerad5b4fb2003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002085 break;
2086 default: break;
Chris Lattnereca0c5c2003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002087 }
Chris Lattner05bd1b22002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002088 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002089
2090 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2091 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002092 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002093 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002094 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2095 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2096 return NV;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002097 }
2098
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002099 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002100 if (X == Op1)
2101 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2102 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2103
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002104 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002105 if (X == Op0)
2106 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2107 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2108
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002109 if (Instruction *Op1I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op1))
Chris Lattner26ca7e12004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002110 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002111 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
2112 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1I)->swapOperands();
2113 I.swapOperands();
2114 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2115 } else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
2116 I.swapOperands();
2117 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002118 }
Chris Lattner26ca7e12004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002119 } else if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2120 if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(0)) // A^(A^B) == B
2121 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(1));
2122 else if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(1)) // A^(B^A) == B
2123 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(0));
2124 }
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002125
2126 if (Instruction *Op0I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002127 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or && Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002128 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
2129 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->swapOperands();
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002130 if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) { // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
Chris Lattnerf523d062004-06-09 05:08:07 +00002131 Value *NotB = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1,
2132 Op1->getName()+".not"), I);
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002133 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0I->getOperand(0), NotB);
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002134 }
Chris Lattner26ca7e12004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002135 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2136 if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(0)) // (A^B)^A == B
2137 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
2138 else if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(1)) // (B^A)^A == B
2139 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002140 }
2141
Chris Lattner14840892004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002142 // (A & C1)^(B & C2) -> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002143 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
2144 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
2145 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) &&
Chris Lattner14840892004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002146 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002147 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +00002148
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002149 // (setcc1 A, B) ^ (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
2150 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2151 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
2152 return R;
2153
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002154 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002155}
2156
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002157/// MulWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1*In2, returning true if the result
2158/// overflowed for this type.
2159static bool MulWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2160 ConstantInt *In2) {
2161 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getMul(In1, In2));
2162 return !In2->isNullValue() && ConstantExpr::getDiv(Result, In2) != In1;
2163}
2164
2165static bool isPositive(ConstantInt *C) {
2166 return cast<ConstantSInt>(C)->getValue() >= 0;
2167}
2168
2169/// AddWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1+In2, returning true if the result
2170/// overflowed for this type.
2171static bool AddWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2172 ConstantInt *In2) {
2173 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(In1, In2));
2174
2175 if (In1->getType()->isUnsigned())
2176 return cast<ConstantUInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2177 cast<ConstantUInt>(In1)->getValue();
2178 if (isPositive(In1) != isPositive(In2))
2179 return false;
2180 if (isPositive(In1))
2181 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2182 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2183 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() >
2184 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2185}
2186
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002187/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
2188/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
2189/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
2190static Value *EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP, Instruction &I, InstCombiner &IC) {
2191 TargetData &TD = IC.getTargetData();
2192 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
2193 const Type *UIntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType();
2194 const Type *SIntPtrTy = UIntPtrTy->getSignedVersion();
2195 Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(SIntPtrTy);
2196
2197 // Build a mask for high order bits.
2198 uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL;
2199 PtrSizeMask >>= 64-(TD.getPointerSize()*8);
2200
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002201 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
2202 Value *Op = GEP->getOperand(i);
Chris Lattner0b84c802005-01-13 23:26:48 +00002203 uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002204 Constant *Scale = ConstantExpr::getCast(ConstantUInt::get(UIntPtrTy, Size),
2205 SIntPtrTy);
2206 if (Constant *OpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
2207 if (!OpC->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner5bdf04c2005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002208 OpC = ConstantExpr::getCast(OpC, SIntPtrTy);
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002209 Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OpC, Scale);
2210 if (Constant *RC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
2211 Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(RC, Scale);
2212 else {
2213 // Emit an add instruction.
2214 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
2215 BinaryOperator::createAdd(Result, Scale,
2216 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2217 }
2218 }
2219 } else {
Chris Lattner6f7f02f2005-01-14 17:17:59 +00002220 // Convert to correct type.
2221 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, SIntPtrTy,
2222 Op->getName()+".c"), I);
2223 if (Size != 1)
Chris Lattner5bdf04c2005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002224 // We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
2225 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createMul(Op, Scale,
2226 GEP->getName()+".idx"), I);
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002227
2228 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner5bdf04c2005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002229 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op, Result,
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002230 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2231 }
2232 }
2233 return Result;
2234}
2235
2236/// FoldGEPSetCC - Fold comparisons between a GEP instruction and something
2237/// else. At this point we know that the GEP is on the LHS of the comparison.
2238Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
2239 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond,
2240 Instruction &I) {
2241 assert(dyn_castGetElementPtr(GEPLHS) && "LHS is not a getelementptr!");
Chris Lattnere9d782b2005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002242
2243 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(RHS))
2244 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
2245 RHS = CI->getOperand(0);
2246
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002247 Value *PtrBase = GEPLHS->getOperand(0);
2248 if (PtrBase == RHS) {
2249 // As an optimization, we don't actually have to compute the actual value of
2250 // OFFSET if this is a seteq or setne comparison, just return whether each
2251 // index is zero or not.
Chris Lattnere9d782b2005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002252 if (Cond == Instruction::SetEQ || Cond == Instruction::SetNE) {
2253 Instruction *InVal = 0;
Chris Lattnerad5fec12005-01-28 19:32:01 +00002254 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPLHS);
2255 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
Chris Lattnere9d782b2005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002256 bool EmitIt = true;
2257 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))) {
2258 if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) // undef index -> undef.
2259 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
2260 if (C->isNullValue())
2261 EmitIt = false;
Chris Lattnerad5fec12005-01-28 19:32:01 +00002262 else if (TD->getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) == 0) {
2263 EmitIt = false; // This is indexing into a zero sized array?
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002264 } else if (isa<ConstantInt>(C))
Chris Lattnere9d782b2005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002265 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2266 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetNE));
2267 }
2268
2269 if (EmitIt) {
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002270 Instruction *Comp =
Chris Lattnere9d782b2005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002271 new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(i),
2272 Constant::getNullValue(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()));
2273 if (InVal == 0)
2274 InVal = Comp;
2275 else {
2276 InVal = InsertNewInstBefore(InVal, I);
2277 InsertNewInstBefore(Comp, I);
2278 if (Cond == Instruction::SetNE) // True if any are unequal
2279 InVal = BinaryOperator::createOr(InVal, Comp);
2280 else // True if all are equal
2281 InVal = BinaryOperator::createAnd(InVal, Comp);
2282 }
2283 }
2284 }
2285
2286 if (InVal)
2287 return InVal;
2288 else
2289 ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here, all indexes = 0
2290 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2291 }
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002292
2293 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2294 // the result to fold to a constant!
2295 if (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) {
2296 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET) cmp Ptr) ---> (OFFSET cmp 0).
2297 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2298 return new SetCondInst(Cond, Offset,
2299 Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType()));
2300 }
2301 } else if (User *GEPRHS = dyn_castGetElementPtr(RHS)) {
Chris Lattnera70b66d2005-04-25 20:17:30 +00002302 // If the base pointers are different, but the indices are the same, just
2303 // compare the base pointer.
2304 if (PtrBase != GEPRHS->getOperand(0)) {
2305 bool IndicesTheSame = GEPLHS->getNumOperands()==GEPRHS->getNumOperands();
Chris Lattner93b94a62005-04-26 14:40:41 +00002306 IndicesTheSame &= GEPLHS->getOperand(0)->getType() ==
2307 GEPRHS->getOperand(0)->getType();
Chris Lattnera70b66d2005-04-25 20:17:30 +00002308 if (IndicesTheSame)
2309 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2310 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
2311 IndicesTheSame = false;
2312 break;
2313 }
2314
2315 // If all indices are the same, just compare the base pointers.
2316 if (IndicesTheSame)
2317 return new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
2318 GEPRHS->getOperand(0));
2319
2320 // Otherwise, the base pointers are different and the indices are
2321 // different, bail out.
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002322 return 0;
Chris Lattnera70b66d2005-04-25 20:17:30 +00002323 }
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002324
Chris Lattnere9d782b2005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002325 // If one of the GEPs has all zero indices, recurse.
2326 bool AllZeros = true;
2327 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2328 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2329 !cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2330 AllZeros = false;
2331 break;
2332 }
2333 if (AllZeros)
2334 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPRHS, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
2335 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Cond), I);
Chris Lattner4401c9c2005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002336
2337 // If the other GEP has all zero indices, recurse.
Chris Lattnere9d782b2005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002338 AllZeros = true;
2339 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2340 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2341 !cast<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2342 AllZeros = false;
2343 break;
2344 }
2345 if (AllZeros)
2346 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPLHS, GEPRHS->getOperand(0), Cond, I);
2347
Chris Lattner4401c9c2005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002348 if (GEPLHS->getNumOperands() == GEPRHS->getNumOperands()) {
2349 // If the GEPs only differ by one index, compare it.
2350 unsigned NumDifferences = 0; // Keep track of # differences.
2351 unsigned DiffOperand = 0; // The operand that differs.
2352 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2353 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002354 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() !=
2355 GEPRHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner45f57b82005-01-21 23:06:49 +00002356 // Irreconcilable differences.
Chris Lattner4401c9c2005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002357 NumDifferences = 2;
2358 break;
2359 } else {
2360 if (NumDifferences++) break;
2361 DiffOperand = i;
2362 }
2363 }
2364
2365 if (NumDifferences == 0) // SAME GEP?
2366 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2367 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2368 else if (NumDifferences == 1) {
Chris Lattner45f57b82005-01-21 23:06:49 +00002369 Value *LHSV = GEPLHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
2370 Value *RHSV = GEPRHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
2371 if (LHSV->getType() != RHSV->getType())
2372 LHSV = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(LHSV, RHSV->getType(),
2373 LHSV->getName()+".c"), I);
2374 return new SetCondInst(Cond, LHSV, RHSV);
Chris Lattner4401c9c2005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002375 }
2376 }
2377
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002378 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2379 // the result to fold to a constant!
2380 if ((isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) &&
2381 (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPRHS) || GEPRHS->hasOneUse())) {
2382 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET1) cmp (gep Ptr, OFFSET2) ---> (OFFSET1 cmp OFFSET2)
2383 Value *L = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2384 Value *R = EmitGEPOffset(GEPRHS, I, *this);
2385 return new SetCondInst(Cond, L, R);
2386 }
2387 }
2388 return 0;
2389}
2390
2391
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002392Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInst(SetCondInst &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002393 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002394 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
2395 const Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002396
2397 // setcc X, X
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002398 if (Op0 == Op1)
2399 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
Chris Lattner53a5b572002-05-09 20:11:54 +00002400
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002401 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X setcc undef -> undef
2402 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::BoolTy));
2403
Chris Lattner711b3402004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002404 // setcc <global/alloca*/null>, <global/alloca*/null> - Global/Stack value
2405 // addresses never equal each other! We already know that Op0 != Op1.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002406 if ((isa<GlobalValue>(Op0) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op0) ||
2407 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op0)) &&
2408 (isa<GlobalValue>(Op1) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op1) ||
Chris Lattner711b3402004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002409 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op1)))
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002410 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(!isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
2411
2412 // setcc's with boolean values can always be turned into bitwise operations
2413 if (Ty == Type::BoolTy) {
Chris Lattner5dbef222004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002414 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2415 default: assert(0 && "Invalid setcc instruction!");
2416 case Instruction::SetEQ: { // seteq bool %A, %B -> ~(A^B)
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002417 Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002418 InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I);
Chris Lattnerde90b762003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002419 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Xor);
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002420 }
Chris Lattner5dbef222004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002421 case Instruction::SetNE:
2422 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002423
Chris Lattner5dbef222004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002424 case Instruction::SetGT:
2425 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setgt -> setlt
2426 // FALL THROUGH
2427 case Instruction::SetLT: { // setlt bool A, B -> ~X & Y
2428 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2429 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2430 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Not, Op1);
2431 }
2432 case Instruction::SetGE:
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002433 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setge -> setle
Chris Lattner5dbef222004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002434 // FALL THROUGH
2435 case Instruction::SetLE: { // setle bool %A, %B -> ~A | B
2436 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2437 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2438 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Not, Op1);
2439 }
2440 }
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002441 }
2442
Chris Lattner2be51ae2004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002443 // See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that
2444 // can be folded into the comparison.
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002445 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002446 // Check to see if we are comparing against the minimum or maximum value...
2447 if (CI->isMinValue()) {
2448 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN -> FALSE
2449 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2450 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN -> TRUE
2451 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2452 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MIN -> A == MIN
2453 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2454 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MIN -> A != MIN
2455 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2456
2457 } else if (CI->isMaxValue()) {
2458 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX -> FALSE
2459 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2460 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX -> TRUE
2461 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2462 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MAX -> A == MAX
2463 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2464 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MAX -> A != MAX
2465 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2466
2467 // Comparing against a value really close to min or max?
2468 } else if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI)) {
2469 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN+1 -> A == MIN
2470 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2471 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN-1 -> A != MIN
2472 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2473
2474 } else if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI)) {
2475 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX-1 -> A == MAX
2476 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2477 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX-1 -> A != MAX
2478 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2479 }
2480
2481 // If we still have a setle or setge instruction, turn it into the
2482 // appropriate setlt or setgt instruction. Since the border cases have
2483 // already been handled above, this requires little checking.
2484 //
2485 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE)
2486 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2487 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE)
2488 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2489
Chris Lattner3c6a0d42004-05-25 06:32:08 +00002490 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattner648e3bc2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002491 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
2492 case Instruction::And:
2493 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)) &&
2494 LHSI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
2495 // If this is: (X >> C1) & C2 != C3 (where any shift and any compare
2496 // could exist), turn it into (X & (C2 << C1)) != (C3 << C1). This
2497 // happens a LOT in code produced by the C front-end, for bitfield
2498 // access.
2499 ShiftInst *Shift = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
2500 ConstantUInt *ShAmt;
2501 ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0;
2502 ConstantInt *AndCST = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
2503 const Type *Ty = LHSI->getType();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002504
Chris Lattner648e3bc2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002505 // We can fold this as long as we can't shift unknown bits
2506 // into the mask. This can only happen with signed shift
2507 // rights, as they sign-extend.
2508 if (ShAmt) {
2509 bool CanFold = Shift->getOpcode() != Instruction::Shr ||
Chris Lattner0cba71b2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002510 Shift->getType()->isUnsigned();
Chris Lattner648e3bc2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002511 if (!CanFold) {
2512 // To test for the bad case of the signed shr, see if any
2513 // of the bits shifted in could be tested after the mask.
Chris Lattnerd7e31cf2005-06-17 01:29:28 +00002514 int ShAmtVal = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-ShAmt->getValue();
2515 if (ShAmtVal < 0) ShAmtVal = 0; // Out of range shift.
2516
2517 Constant *OShAmt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShAmtVal);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002518 Constant *ShVal =
Chris Lattner648e3bc2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002519 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Ty), OShAmt);
2520 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(ShVal, AndCST)->isNullValue())
2521 CanFold = true;
2522 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002523
Chris Lattner648e3bc2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002524 if (CanFold) {
Chris Lattner0cba71b2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002525 Constant *NewCst;
2526 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2527 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt);
2528 else
2529 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt);
Chris Lattner83c4ec02004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002530
Chris Lattner648e3bc2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002531 // Check to see if we are shifting out any of the bits being
2532 // compared.
2533 if (ConstantExpr::get(Shift->getOpcode(), NewCst, ShAmt) != CI){
2534 // If we shifted bits out, the fold is not going to work out.
2535 // As a special case, check to see if this means that the
2536 // result is always true or false now.
2537 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
2538 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2539 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
2540 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2541 } else {
2542 I.setOperand(1, NewCst);
Chris Lattner0cba71b2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002543 Constant *NewAndCST;
2544 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2545 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AndCST, ShAmt);
2546 else
2547 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getShl(AndCST, ShAmt);
2548 LHSI->setOperand(1, NewAndCST);
Chris Lattner648e3bc2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002549 LHSI->setOperand(0, Shift->getOperand(0));
2550 WorkList.push_back(Shift); // Shift is dead.
2551 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
2552 return &I;
Chris Lattner5eb91942004-07-21 19:50:44 +00002553 }
2554 }
Chris Lattner457dd822004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002555 }
Chris Lattner648e3bc2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002556 }
2557 break;
Chris Lattner83c4ec02004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002558
Chris Lattner18d19ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002559 case Instruction::Shl: // (setcc (shl X, ShAmt), CI)
2560 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2561 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2562 default: break;
2563 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2564 case Instruction::SetNE: {
Chris Lattnere17a1282005-06-15 20:53:31 +00002565 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
2566
2567 // Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
2568 // undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
2569 // simplified.
2570 if (ShAmt->getValue() >= TypeBits)
2571 break;
2572
Chris Lattner18d19ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002573 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2574 // comparison cannot succeed.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002575 Constant *Comp =
Chris Lattner18d19ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002576 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantExpr::getShr(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2577 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2578 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2579 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2580 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2581 }
2582
2583 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
2584 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
Chris Lattner652f3cf2005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002585 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner18d19ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002586 uint64_t Val = (1ULL << (TypeBits-ShAmtVal))-1;
2587
2588 Constant *Mask;
2589 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2590 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2591 } else if (ShAmtVal != 0) {
2592 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2593 } else {
2594 Mask = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType());
2595 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002596
Chris Lattner18d19ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002597 Instruction *AndI =
2598 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2599 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2600 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2601 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2602 ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt));
2603 }
2604 }
2605 }
2606 }
2607 break;
2608
Chris Lattner83c4ec02004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002609 case Instruction::Shr: // (setcc (shr X, ShAmt), CI)
Chris Lattnerf63f6472004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002610 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerf63f6472004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002611 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2612 default: break;
2613 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2614 case Instruction::SetNE: {
Chris Lattnere17a1282005-06-15 20:53:31 +00002615
2616 // Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
2617 // undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
2618 // simplified.
Chris Lattneraa457ac2005-06-16 01:52:07 +00002619 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnere17a1282005-06-15 20:53:31 +00002620 if (ShAmt->getValue() >= TypeBits)
2621 break;
2622
Chris Lattnerf63f6472004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002623 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2624 // comparison cannot succeed.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002625 Constant *Comp =
Chris Lattnerf63f6472004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002626 ConstantExpr::getShr(ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002627
Chris Lattnerf63f6472004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002628 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2629 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2630 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2631 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2632 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002633
Chris Lattnerf63f6472004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002634 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() || CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner652f3cf2005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002635 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner18d19ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002636
Chris Lattnerf63f6472004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002637 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
2638 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones.
2639 Val <<= ShAmtVal; // Shift over to the right spot.
2640
2641 Constant *Mask;
2642 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattnerf52d6812005-04-24 17:46:05 +00002643 Val &= ~0ULL >> (64-TypeBits);
Chris Lattnerf63f6472004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002644 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2645 } else {
2646 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2647 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002648
Chris Lattnerf63f6472004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002649 Instruction *AndI =
2650 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2651 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2652 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2653 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2654 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt));
2655 }
2656 break;
2657 }
2658 }
2659 }
2660 break;
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00002661
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002662 case Instruction::Div:
2663 // Fold: (div X, C1) op C2 -> range check
2664 if (ConstantInt *DivRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2665 // Fold this div into the comparison, producing a range check.
2666 // Determine, based on the divide type, what the range is being
2667 // checked. If there is an overflow on the low or high side, remember
2668 // it, otherwise compute the range [low, hi) bounding the new value.
2669 bool LoOverflow = false, HiOverflow = 0;
2670 ConstantInt *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0;
2671
2672 ConstantInt *Prod;
2673 bool ProdOV = MulWithOverflow(Prod, CI, DivRHS);
2674
Chris Lattner6a9fdfa2004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002675 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
2676
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002677 if (DivRHS->isNullValue()) { // Don't hack on divide by zeros.
2678 } else if (LHSI->getType()->isUnsigned()) { // udiv
2679 LoBound = Prod;
2680 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2681 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, LoBound, DivRHS);
2682 } else if (isPositive(DivRHS)) { // Divisor is > 0.
2683 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / pos) op 0
2684 // Can't overflow.
2685 LoBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS)));
2686 HiBound = DivRHS;
2687 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / pos) op pos
2688 LoBound = Prod;
2689 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2690 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS);
2691 } else { // (X / pos) op neg
2692 Constant *DivRHSH = ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS));
2693 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod,
2694 cast<ConstantInt>(DivRHSH));
2695 HiBound = Prod;
2696 HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2697 }
2698 } else { // Divisor is < 0.
2699 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / neg) op 0
2700 LoBound = AddOne(DivRHS);
2701 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
2702 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / neg) op pos
2703 HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2704 if (!LoOverflow)
2705 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod, AddOne(DivRHS));
2706 HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
2707 } else { // (X / neg) op neg
2708 LoBound = Prod;
2709 LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2710 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(Prod, DivRHS));
2711 }
Chris Lattner340a05f2004-10-08 19:15:44 +00002712
Chris Lattner6a9fdfa2004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002713 // Dividing by a negate swaps the condition.
2714 Opcode = SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Opcode);
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002715 }
2716
2717 if (LoBound) {
2718 Value *X = LHSI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner6a9fdfa2004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002719 switch (Opcode) {
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002720 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled setcc opcode!");
2721 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2722 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2723 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2724 else if (HiOverflow)
2725 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, LoBound);
2726 else if (LoOverflow)
2727 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, HiBound);
2728 else
2729 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, true, I);
2730 case Instruction::SetNE:
2731 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2732 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2733 else if (HiOverflow)
2734 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2735 else if (LoOverflow)
2736 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2737 else
2738 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, false, I);
2739 case Instruction::SetLT:
2740 if (LoOverflow)
2741 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2742 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2743 case Instruction::SetGT:
2744 if (HiOverflow)
2745 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2746 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2747 }
2748 }
2749 }
2750 break;
Chris Lattner648e3bc2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002751 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002752
Chris Lattnerbc5d4142003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002753 // Simplify seteq and setne instructions...
2754 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2755 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) {
2756 bool isSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2757
Chris Lattner00b1a7e2003-07-23 17:26:36 +00002758 // If the first operand is (and|or|xor) with a constant, and the second
Chris Lattnerbc5d4142003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002759 // operand is a constant, simplify a bit.
Chris Lattner934754b2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002760 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
2761 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner3571b722004-07-06 07:38:18 +00002762 case Instruction::Rem:
2763 // If we have a signed (X % (2^c)) == 0, turn it into an unsigned one.
2764 if (CI->isNullValue() && isa<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1)) &&
2765 BO->hasOneUse() &&
2766 cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue() > 1)
2767 if (unsigned L2 =
2768 Log2(cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue())) {
2769 const Type *UTy = BO->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2770 Value *NewX = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(BO->getOperand(0),
2771 UTy, "tmp"), I);
2772 Constant *RHSCst = ConstantUInt::get(UTy, 1ULL << L2);
2773 Value *NewRem =InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createRem(NewX,
2774 RHSCst, BO->getName()), I);
2775 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), NewRem,
2776 Constant::getNullValue(UTy));
2777 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002778 break;
Chris Lattner3571b722004-07-06 07:38:18 +00002779
Chris Lattner934754b2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002780 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner15d58b62004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002781 // Replace ((add A, B) != C) with (A != C-B) if B & C are constants.
2782 if (ConstantInt *BOp1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner3d834bf2004-09-21 21:35:23 +00002783 if (BO->hasOneUse())
2784 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2785 ConstantExpr::getSub(CI, BOp1C));
Chris Lattner15d58b62004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002786 } else if (CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner934754b2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002787 // Replace ((add A, B) != 0) with (A != -B) if A or B is
2788 // efficiently invertible, or if the add has just this one use.
2789 Value *BOp0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BOp1 = BO->getOperand(1);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002790
Chris Lattner934754b2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002791 if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp1))
2792 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, NegVal);
2793 else if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp0))
2794 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), NegVal, BOp1);
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002795 else if (BO->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner934754b2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002796 Instruction *Neg = BinaryOperator::createNeg(BOp1, BO->getName());
2797 BO->setName("");
2798 InsertNewInstBefore(Neg, I);
2799 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, Neg);
2800 }
2801 }
2802 break;
2803 case Instruction::Xor:
2804 // For the xor case, we can xor two constants together, eliminating
2805 // the explicit xor.
2806 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
2807 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002808 ConstantExpr::getXor(CI, BOC));
Chris Lattner934754b2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002809
2810 // FALLTHROUGH
2811 case Instruction::Sub:
2812 // Replace (([sub|xor] A, B) != 0) with (A != B)
2813 if (CI->isNullValue())
2814 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2815 BO->getOperand(1));
2816 break;
2817
2818 case Instruction::Or:
2819 // If bits are being or'd in that are not present in the constant we
2820 // are comparing against, then the comparison could never succeed!
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002821 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner448c3232004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002822 Constant *NotCI = ConstantExpr::getNot(CI);
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002823 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(BOC, NotCI)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerbc5d4142003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002824 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002825 }
Chris Lattner934754b2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002826 break;
2827
2828 case Instruction::And:
2829 if (ConstantInt *BOC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerbc5d4142003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002830 // If bits are being compared against that are and'd out, then the
2831 // comparison can never succeed!
Chris Lattner448c3232004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002832 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI,
2833 ConstantExpr::getNot(BOC))->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerbc5d4142003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002834 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattner934754b2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002835
Chris Lattner457dd822004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002836 // If we have ((X & C) == C), turn it into ((X & C) != 0).
Chris Lattner3285a6f2004-06-10 02:33:20 +00002837 if (CI == BOC && isOneBitSet(CI))
Chris Lattner457dd822004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002838 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetEQ :
2839 Instruction::SetNE, Op0,
2840 Constant::getNullValue(CI->getType()));
Chris Lattner457dd822004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002841
Chris Lattner934754b2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002842 // Replace (and X, (1 << size(X)-1) != 0) with x < 0, converting X
2843 // to be a signed value as appropriate.
2844 if (isSignBit(BOC)) {
2845 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
2846 // If 'X' is not signed, insert a cast now...
2847 if (!BOC->getType()->isSigned()) {
Chris Lattner5dd04022004-06-17 18:16:02 +00002848 const Type *DestTy = BOC->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattner83c4ec02004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002849 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
Chris Lattner934754b2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002850 }
2851 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetLT :
2852 Instruction::SetGE, X,
2853 Constant::getNullValue(X->getType()));
2854 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002855
Chris Lattner83c4ec02004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002856 // ((X & ~7) == 0) --> X < 8
Chris Lattnerb20ba0a2004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002857 if (CI->isNullValue() && isHighOnes(BOC)) {
2858 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner83c4ec02004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002859 Constant *NegX = ConstantExpr::getNeg(BOC);
Chris Lattnerb20ba0a2004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002860
2861 // If 'X' is signed, insert a cast now.
Chris Lattner83c4ec02004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002862 if (NegX->getType()->isSigned()) {
2863 const Type *DestTy = NegX->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2864 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
2865 NegX = ConstantExpr::getCast(NegX, DestTy);
Chris Lattnerb20ba0a2004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002866 }
2867
2868 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetGE :
Chris Lattner83c4ec02004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002869 Instruction::SetLT, X, NegX);
Chris Lattnerb20ba0a2004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002870 }
2871
Chris Lattnerbc5d4142003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002872 }
Chris Lattner934754b2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002873 default: break;
2874 }
2875 }
Chris Lattnerc5943fb2004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002876 } else { // Not a SetEQ/SetNE
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002877 // If the LHS is a cast from an integral value of the same size,
Chris Lattnerc5943fb2004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002878 if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2879 Value *CastOp = Cast->getOperand(0);
2880 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp->getType();
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002881 unsigned SrcTySize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnerc5943fb2004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002882 if (SrcTy != Cast->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002883 SrcTySize == Cast->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002884 assert((SrcTy->isSigned() ^ Cast->getType()->isSigned()) &&
Chris Lattnerc5943fb2004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002885 "Source and destination signednesses should differ!");
2886 if (Cast->getType()->isSigned()) {
2887 // If this is a signed comparison, check for comparisons in the
2888 // vicinity of zero.
2889 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT && CI->isNullValue())
2890 // X < 0 => x > 127
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002891 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002892 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, (1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))-1));
Chris Lattnerc5943fb2004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002893 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
2894 cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() == -1)
2895 // X > -1 => x < 128
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002896 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002897 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, 1ULL << (SrcTySize-1)));
Chris Lattnerc5943fb2004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002898 } else {
2899 ConstantUInt *CUI = cast<ConstantUInt>(CI);
2900 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT &&
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002901 CUI->getValue() == 1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))
Chris Lattnerc5943fb2004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002902 // X < 128 => X > -1
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002903 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
2904 ConstantSInt::get(SrcTy, -1));
Chris Lattnerc5943fb2004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002905 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002906 CUI->getValue() == (1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))-1)
Chris Lattnerc5943fb2004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002907 // X > 127 => X < 0
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002908 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
2909 Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy));
Chris Lattnerc5943fb2004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002910 }
2911 }
2912 }
Chris Lattner40f5d702003-06-04 05:10:11 +00002913 }
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002914 }
2915
Chris Lattner6970b662005-04-23 15:31:55 +00002916 // Handle setcc with constant RHS's that can be integer, FP or pointer.
2917 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
2918 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
2919 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner9fb25db2005-05-01 04:42:15 +00002920 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
2921 if (RHSC->isNullValue()) {
2922 // Transform setcc GEP P, int 0, int 0, int 0, null -> setcc P, null
2923 bool isAllZeros = true;
2924 for (unsigned i = 1, e = LHSI->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2925 if (!isa<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i)) ||
2926 !cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2927 isAllZeros = false;
2928 break;
2929 }
2930 if (isAllZeros)
2931 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), LHSI->getOperand(0),
2932 Constant::getNullValue(LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType()));
2933 }
2934 break;
2935
Chris Lattner6970b662005-04-23 15:31:55 +00002936 case Instruction::PHI:
2937 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2938 return NV;
2939 break;
2940 case Instruction::Select:
2941 // If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
2942 // comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
2943 // constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
2944 Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
2945 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
2946 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2947 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2948 Op1 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, RHSC);
2949 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2950 Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
2951 LHSI->getOperand(2), RHSC,
2952 I.getName()), I);
2953 } else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
2954 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2955 Op2 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, RHSC);
2956 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2957 Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
2958 LHSI->getOperand(1), RHSC,
2959 I.getName()), I);
2960 }
2961 }
Jeff Cohen9d809302005-04-23 21:38:35 +00002962
Chris Lattner6970b662005-04-23 15:31:55 +00002963 if (Op1)
2964 return new SelectInst(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
2965 break;
2966 }
2967 }
2968
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002969 // If we can optimize a 'setcc GEP, P' or 'setcc P, GEP', do so now.
2970 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op0))
2971 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op1, I.getOpcode(), I))
2972 return NI;
2973 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op1))
2974 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op0,
2975 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(I.getOpcode()), I))
2976 return NI;
2977
Chris Lattnerde90b762003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002978 // Test to see if the operands of the setcc are casted versions of other
2979 // values. If the cast can be stripped off both arguments, we do so now.
Chris Lattner68708052003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002980 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2981 Value *CastOp0 = CI->getOperand(0);
2982 if (CastOp0->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(CI->getType()) &&
Chris Lattner0cea42a2004-03-13 23:54:27 +00002983 (isa<Constant>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1)) &&
Chris Lattnerde90b762003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002984 (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2985 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)) {
2986 // We keep moving the cast from the left operand over to the right
2987 // operand, where it can often be eliminated completely.
Chris Lattner68708052003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002988 Op0 = CastOp0;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002989
Chris Lattnerde90b762003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002990 // If operand #1 is a cast instruction, see if we can eliminate it as
2991 // well.
Chris Lattner68708052003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002992 if (CastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
2993 if (CI2->getOperand(0)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(
Chris Lattnerde90b762003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002994 Op0->getType()))
Chris Lattner68708052003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002995 Op1 = CI2->getOperand(0);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002996
Chris Lattnerde90b762003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002997 // If Op1 is a constant, we can fold the cast into the constant.
2998 if (Op1->getType() != Op0->getType())
2999 if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
3000 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(Op1C, Op0->getType());
3001 } else {
3002 // Otherwise, cast the RHS right before the setcc
3003 Op1 = new CastInst(Op1, Op0->getType(), Op1->getName());
3004 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Op1), I);
3005 }
3006 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), Op0, Op1);
3007 }
3008
Chris Lattner68708052003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003009 // Handle the special case of: setcc (cast bool to X), <cst>
3010 // This comes up when you have code like
3011 // int X = A < B;
3012 // if (X) ...
3013 // For generality, we handle any zero-extension of any operand comparison
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003014 // with a constant or another cast from the same type.
3015 if (isa<ConstantInt>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1))
3016 if (Instruction *R = visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(I))
3017 return R;
Chris Lattner68708052003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003018 }
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003019 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003020}
3021
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003022// visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast - Handle setcond (cast x to y), (cast/cst).
3023// We only handle extending casts so far.
3024//
3025Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(SetCondInst &SCI) {
3026 Value *LHSCIOp = cast<CastInst>(SCI.getOperand(0))->getOperand(0);
3027 const Type *SrcTy = LHSCIOp->getType();
3028 const Type *DestTy = SCI.getOperand(0)->getType();
3029 Value *RHSCIOp;
3030
3031 if (!DestTy->isIntegral() || !SrcTy->isIntegral())
Chris Lattnerb352fa52005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003032 return 0;
3033
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003034 unsigned SrcBits = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3035 unsigned DestBits = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3036 if (SrcBits >= DestBits) return 0; // Only handle extending cast.
3037
3038 // Is this a sign or zero extension?
3039 bool isSignSrc = SrcTy->isSigned();
3040 bool isSignDest = DestTy->isSigned();
3041
3042 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(SCI.getOperand(1))) {
3043 // Not an extension from the same type?
3044 RHSCIOp = CI->getOperand(0);
3045 if (RHSCIOp->getType() != LHSCIOp->getType()) return 0;
3046 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SCI.getOperand(1))) {
3047 // Compute the constant that would happen if we truncated to SrcTy then
3048 // reextended to DestTy.
3049 Constant *Res = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI, SrcTy);
3050
3051 if (ConstantExpr::getCast(Res, DestTy) == CI) {
3052 RHSCIOp = Res;
3053 } else {
3054 // If the value cannot be represented in the shorter type, we cannot emit
3055 // a simple comparison.
3056 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
3057 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantBool::False);
3058 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
3059 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantBool::True);
3060
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003061 // Evaluate the comparison for LT.
3062 Value *Result;
3063 if (DestTy->isSigned()) {
3064 // We're performing a signed comparison.
3065 if (isSignSrc) {
3066 // Signed extend and signed comparison.
3067 if (cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() < 0) // X < (small) --> false
3068 Result = ConstantBool::False;
3069 else
3070 Result = ConstantBool::True; // X < (large) --> true
3071 } else {
3072 // Unsigned extend and signed comparison.
3073 if (cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() < 0)
3074 Result = ConstantBool::False;
3075 else
3076 Result = ConstantBool::True;
3077 }
3078 } else {
3079 // We're performing an unsigned comparison.
3080 if (!isSignSrc) {
3081 // Unsigned extend & compare -> always true.
3082 Result = ConstantBool::True;
3083 } else {
3084 // We're performing an unsigned comp with a sign extended value.
3085 // This is true if the input is >= 0. [aka >s -1]
3086 Constant *NegOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
3087 Result = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createSetGT(LHSCIOp,
3088 NegOne, SCI.getName()), SCI);
3089 }
Reid Spencer6731d5c2004-11-28 21:31:15 +00003090 }
Chris Lattnerb352fa52005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003091
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003092 // Finally, return the value computed.
3093 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) {
3094 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, Result);
3095 } else {
3096 assert(SCI.getOpcode()==Instruction::SetGT &&"SetCC should be folded!");
3097 if (Constant *CI = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
3098 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantExpr::getNot(CI));
3099 else
3100 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Result);
3101 }
Chris Lattnerb352fa52005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003102 }
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003103 } else {
3104 return 0;
Reid Spencer6731d5c2004-11-28 21:31:15 +00003105 }
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003106
Chris Lattner8d7089e2005-06-16 03:00:08 +00003107 // Okay, just insert a compare of the reduced operands now!
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003108 return BinaryOperator::create(SCI.getOpcode(), LHSCIOp, RHSCIOp);
3109}
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003110
Chris Lattnerea340052003-03-10 19:16:08 +00003111Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I) {
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003112 assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == Type::UByteTy);
3113 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003114 bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003115
3116 // shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
3117 // shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
3118 if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy) ||
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00003119 Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
3120 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003121
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003122 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) { // undef >>s X -> undef
3123 if (!isLeftShift && I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner79a564c2004-10-16 23:28:04 +00003124 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003125 else // undef << X -> 0 AND undef >>u X -> 0
3126 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3127 }
3128 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
3129 if (isLeftShift || I.getType()->isUnsigned())
3130 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3131 else
3132 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X >>s undef -> X
3133 }
3134
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003135 // shr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
3136 if (!isLeftShift)
3137 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
3138 if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
3139 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
3140
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003141 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3142 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
3143 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003144 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003145 return R;
3146
Chris Lattner120347e2005-05-08 17:34:56 +00003147 // See if we can turn a signed shr into an unsigned shr.
3148 if (!isLeftShift && I.getType()->isSigned()) {
3149 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, ConstantInt::getMinValue(I.getType()))) {
3150 Value *V = InsertCastBefore(Op0, I.getType()->getUnsignedVersion(), I);
3151 V = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, V, Op1,
3152 I.getName()), I);
3153 return new CastInst(V, I.getType());
3154 }
3155 }
3156
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003157 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner08fd7ab2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003158 // shl uint X, 32 = 0 and shr ubyte Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate shr
3159 // of a signed value.
3160 //
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003161 unsigned TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner8adac752004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003162 if (CUI->getValue() >= TypeBits) {
3163 if (!Op0->getType()->isSigned() || isLeftShift)
3164 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
3165 else {
3166 I.setOperand(1, ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TypeBits-1));
3167 return &I;
3168 }
3169 }
Chris Lattnerf2836082002-09-10 23:04:09 +00003170
Chris Lattnere92d2f42003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003171 // ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
3172 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3173 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
3174 if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003175 return BinaryOperator::createMul(BO->getOperand(0),
3176 ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, CUI));
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003177
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003178 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3179 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003180 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003181 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003182 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
3183 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
3184 return NV;
Chris Lattnere92d2f42003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003185
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003186 if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
3187 // If this is a SHL of a sign-extending cast, see if we can turn the input
3188 // into a zero extending cast (a simple strength reduction).
3189 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
3190 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
3191 if (isLeftShift && SrcTy->isInteger() && SrcTy->isSigned() &&
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003192 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
3193 CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003194 // We can change it to a zero extension if we are shifting out all of
3195 // the sign extended bits. To check this, form a mask of all of the
3196 // sign extend bits, then shift them left and see if we have anything
3197 // left.
3198 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy); // 1111
3199 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType()); // 00001111
3200 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the sign bits: 11110000
3201 if (ConstantExpr::getShl(Mask, CUI)->isNullValue()) {
3202 // If the shift is nuking all of the sign bits, change this to a
3203 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
3204 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
3205 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
3206 Instruction *NC =
3207 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3208 CI->getName()+".uns");
3209 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3210 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
3211 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
3212 CI->setName("");
3213 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3214 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
3215 I.setOperand(0, NC);
3216 return &I; // The SHL operand was modified.
3217 }
3218 }
3219 }
3220
3221 // If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
3222 // shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003223 if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3224 if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
3225 bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
3226 bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
3227
3228 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
3229 default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
Chris Lattner1f7e1602004-10-08 03:46:20 +00003230 case Instruction::Add:
3231 isValid = isLeftShift;
3232 break;
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003233 case Instruction::Or:
3234 case Instruction::Xor:
3235 highBitSet = false;
3236 break;
3237 case Instruction::And:
3238 highBitSet = true;
3239 break;
3240 }
3241
3242 // If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
3243 // by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
3244 // The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
3245 // the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
3246 // operation.
3247 //
3248 if (isValid && !isLeftShift && !I.getType()->isUnsigned()) {
3249 uint64_t Val = Op0C->getRawValue();
3250 isValid = ((Val & (1 << (TypeBits-1))) != 0) == highBitSet;
3251 }
3252
3253 if (isValid) {
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00003254 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, CUI);
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003255
3256 Instruction *NewShift =
3257 new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), CUI,
3258 Op0BO->getName());
3259 Op0BO->setName("");
3260 InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
3261
3262 return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
3263 NewRHS);
3264 }
3265 }
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003266 }
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003267
Chris Lattner08fd7ab2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003268 // If this is a shift of a shift, see if we can fold the two together...
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003269 if (ShiftInst *Op0SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner943c7132003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003270 if (ConstantUInt *ShiftAmt1C =
3271 dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op0SI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner652f3cf2005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003272 unsigned ShiftAmt1 = (unsigned)ShiftAmt1C->getValue();
3273 unsigned ShiftAmt2 = (unsigned)CUI->getValue();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003274
Chris Lattner08fd7ab2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003275 // Check for (A << c1) << c2 and (A >> c1) >> c2
3276 if (I.getOpcode() == Op0SI->getOpcode()) {
3277 unsigned Amt = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift...
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003278 if (Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() < Amt)
3279 Amt = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner08fd7ab2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003280 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0SI->getOperand(0),
3281 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, Amt));
3282 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003283
Chris Lattner943c7132003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003284 // Check for (A << c1) >> c2 or visaversa. If we are dealing with
3285 // signed types, we can only support the (A >> c1) << c2 configuration,
3286 // because it can not turn an arbitrary bit of A into a sign bit.
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003287 if (I.getType()->isUnsigned() || isLeftShift) {
Chris Lattner08fd7ab2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003288 // Calculate bitmask for what gets shifted off the edge...
3289 Constant *C = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003290 if (isLeftShift)
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003291 C = ConstantExpr::getShl(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003292 else
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003293 C = ConstantExpr::getShr(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003294
Chris Lattner08fd7ab2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003295 Instruction *Mask =
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003296 BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0SI->getOperand(0), C,
3297 Op0SI->getOperand(0)->getName()+".mask");
Chris Lattner08fd7ab2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003298 InsertNewInstBefore(Mask, I);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003299
Chris Lattner08fd7ab2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003300 // Figure out what flavor of shift we should use...
3301 if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2)
3302 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Mask); // (A << c) >> c === A & c2
3303 else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
3304 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Mask,
3305 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1));
3306 } else {
3307 return new ShiftInst(Op0SI->getOpcode(), Mask,
3308 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2));
3309 }
3310 }
3311 }
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003312 }
Chris Lattner6eaeb572002-10-08 16:16:40 +00003313
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003314 return 0;
3315}
3316
Chris Lattnerbee7e762004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003317enum CastType {
3318 Noop = 0,
3319 Truncate = 1,
3320 Signext = 2,
3321 Zeroext = 3
3322};
3323
3324/// getCastType - In the future, we will split the cast instruction into these
3325/// various types. Until then, we have to do the analysis here.
3326static CastType getCastType(const Type *Src, const Type *Dest) {
3327 assert(Src->isIntegral() && Dest->isIntegral() &&
3328 "Only works on integral types!");
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003329 unsigned SrcSize = Src->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3330 unsigned DestSize = Dest->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnerbee7e762004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003331
3332 if (SrcSize == DestSize) return Noop;
3333 if (SrcSize > DestSize) return Truncate;
3334 if (Src->isSigned()) return Signext;
3335 return Zeroext;
3336}
3337
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003338
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003339// isEliminableCastOfCast - Return true if it is valid to eliminate the CI
3340// instruction.
3341//
Chris Lattner24c8e382003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003342static inline bool isEliminableCastOfCast(const Type *SrcTy, const Type *MidTy,
Chris Lattner59a20772004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003343 const Type *DstTy, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003344
Chris Lattner8fd217c2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003345 // It is legal to eliminate the instruction if casting A->B->A if the sizes
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003346 // are identical and the bits don't get reinterpreted (for example
Chris Lattner5eb91942004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003347 // int->float->int would not be allowed).
Misha Brukmanf117cc92003-05-20 18:45:36 +00003348 if (SrcTy == DstTy && SrcTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(MidTy))
Chris Lattner8fd217c2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003349 return true;
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003350
Chris Lattnere8a7e592004-07-21 04:27:24 +00003351 // If we are casting between pointer and integer types, treat pointers as
3352 // integers of the appropriate size for the code below.
3353 if (isa<PointerType>(SrcTy)) SrcTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3354 if (isa<PointerType>(MidTy)) MidTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3355 if (isa<PointerType>(DstTy)) DstTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
Chris Lattner59a20772004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003356
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003357 // Allow free casting and conversion of sizes as long as the sign doesn't
3358 // change...
Chris Lattner0c4e8862002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003359 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() && MidTy->isIntegral() && DstTy->isIntegral()) {
Chris Lattnerbee7e762004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003360 CastType FirstCast = getCastType(SrcTy, MidTy);
3361 CastType SecondCast = getCastType(MidTy, DstTy);
Chris Lattner8fd217c2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003362
Chris Lattnerbee7e762004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003363 // Capture the effect of these two casts. If the result is a legal cast,
3364 // the CastType is stored here, otherwise a special code is used.
3365 static const unsigned CastResult[] = {
3366 // First cast is noop
3367 0, 1, 2, 3,
3368 // First cast is a truncate
3369 1, 1, 4, 4, // trunc->extend is not safe to eliminate
3370 // First cast is a sign ext
Chris Lattner5eb91942004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003371 2, 5, 2, 4, // signext->zeroext never ok
Chris Lattnerbee7e762004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003372 // First cast is a zero ext
Chris Lattner5eb91942004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003373 3, 5, 3, 3,
Chris Lattnerbee7e762004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003374 };
3375
3376 unsigned Result = CastResult[FirstCast*4+SecondCast];
3377 switch (Result) {
3378 default: assert(0 && "Illegal table value!");
3379 case 0:
3380 case 1:
3381 case 2:
3382 case 3:
3383 // FIXME: in the future, when LLVM has explicit sign/zeroextends and
3384 // truncates, we could eliminate more casts.
3385 return (unsigned)getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy) == Result;
3386 case 4:
3387 return false; // Not possible to eliminate this here.
3388 case 5:
Chris Lattner5eb91942004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003389 // Sign or zero extend followed by truncate is always ok if the result
3390 // is a truncate or noop.
3391 CastType ResultCast = getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy);
3392 if (ResultCast == Noop || ResultCast == Truncate)
3393 return true;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003394 // Otherwise we are still growing the value, we are only safe if the
Chris Lattner5eb91942004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003395 // result will match the sign/zeroextendness of the result.
3396 return ResultCast == FirstCast;
Chris Lattner3ecce662002-08-15 16:15:25 +00003397 }
Chris Lattner8fd217c2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003398 }
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003399 return false;
3400}
3401
Chris Lattner59a20772004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003402static bool ValueRequiresCast(const Value *V, const Type *Ty, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattner24c8e382003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003403 if (V->getType() == Ty || isa<Constant>(V)) return false;
3404 if (const CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
Chris Lattner59a20772004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003405 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(CI->getOperand(0)->getType(), CI->getType(), Ty,
3406 TD))
Chris Lattner24c8e382003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003407 return false;
3408 return true;
3409}
3410
3411/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
3412/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
3413/// casts that are known to not do anything...
3414///
3415Value *InstCombiner::InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
3416 Instruction *InsertBefore) {
3417 if (V->getType() == DestTy) return V;
3418 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
3419 return ConstantExpr::getCast(C, DestTy);
3420
3421 CastInst *CI = new CastInst(V, DestTy, V->getName());
3422 InsertNewInstBefore(CI, *InsertBefore);
3423 return CI;
3424}
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003425
3426// CastInst simplification
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003427//
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003428Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCastInst(CastInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner79d35b32003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003429 Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
3430
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003431 // If the user is casting a value to the same type, eliminate this cast
3432 // instruction...
Chris Lattner79d35b32003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003433 if (CI.getType() == Src->getType())
3434 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Src);
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003435
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003436 if (isa<UndefValue>(Src)) // cast undef -> undef
3437 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(CI.getType()));
3438
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003439 // If casting the result of another cast instruction, try to eliminate this
3440 // one!
3441 //
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003442 if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
3443 Value *A = CSrc->getOperand(0);
3444 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(A->getType(), CSrc->getType(),
3445 CI.getType(), TD)) {
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003446 // This instruction now refers directly to the cast's src operand. This
3447 // has a good chance of making CSrc dead.
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003448 CI.setOperand(0, CSrc->getOperand(0));
3449 return &CI;
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003450 }
3451
Chris Lattner8fd217c2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003452 // If this is an A->B->A cast, and we are dealing with integral types, try
3453 // to convert this into a logical 'and' instruction.
3454 //
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003455 if (A->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattner0c4e8862002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003456 CI.getType()->isInteger() && CSrc->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003457 CSrc->getType()->isUnsigned() && // B->A cast must zero extend
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003458 CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
3459 CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()&&
3460 A->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
3461 CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner8fd217c2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003462 assert(CSrc->getType() != Type::ULongTy &&
3463 "Cannot have type bigger than ulong!");
Chris Lattnerf52d6812005-04-24 17:46:05 +00003464 uint64_t AndValue = ~0ULL>>(64-CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003465 Constant *AndOp = ConstantUInt::get(A->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3466 AndValue);
3467 AndOp = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndOp, A->getType());
3468 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(CSrc->getOperand(0), AndOp);
3469 if (And->getType() != CI.getType()) {
3470 And->setName(CSrc->getName()+".mask");
3471 InsertNewInstBefore(And, CI);
3472 And = new CastInst(And, CI.getType());
3473 }
3474 return And;
Chris Lattner8fd217c2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003475 }
3476 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003477
Chris Lattnera710ddc2004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003478 // If this is a cast to bool, turn it into the appropriate setne instruction.
3479 if (CI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003480 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(CI.getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnera710ddc2004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003481 Constant::getNullValue(CI.getOperand(0)->getType()));
3482
Chris Lattner797249b2003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003483 // If casting the result of a getelementptr instruction with no offset, turn
3484 // this into a cast of the original pointer!
3485 //
Chris Lattner79d35b32003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003486 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src)) {
Chris Lattner797249b2003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003487 bool AllZeroOperands = true;
3488 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3489 if (!isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i)) ||
3490 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
3491 AllZeroOperands = false;
3492 break;
3493 }
3494 if (AllZeroOperands) {
3495 CI.setOperand(0, GEP->getOperand(0));
3496 return &CI;
3497 }
3498 }
3499
Chris Lattnerbc61e662003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003500 // If we are casting a malloc or alloca to a pointer to a type of the same
3501 // size, rewrite the allocation instruction to allocate the "right" type.
3502 //
3503 if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(Src))
Chris Lattnerfc07a342003-11-02 06:54:48 +00003504 if (AI->hasOneUse() && !AI->isArrayAllocation())
Chris Lattnerbc61e662003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003505 if (const PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI.getType())) {
3506 // Get the type really allocated and the type casted to...
3507 const Type *AllocElTy = AI->getAllocatedType();
Chris Lattnerbc61e662003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003508 const Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnerfae10102004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003509 if (AllocElTy->isSized() && CastElTy->isSized()) {
Chris Lattner652f3cf2005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003510 uint64_t AllocElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(AllocElTy);
3511 uint64_t CastElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(CastElTy);
Chris Lattner1bcc70d2003-11-05 17:31:36 +00003512
Chris Lattnerfae10102004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003513 // If the allocation is for an even multiple of the cast type size
3514 if (CastElTySize && (AllocElTySize % CastElTySize == 0)) {
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003515 Value *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UIntTy,
Chris Lattnerbc61e662003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003516 AllocElTySize/CastElTySize);
Chris Lattnerfae10102004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003517 std::string Name = AI->getName(); AI->setName("");
3518 AllocationInst *New;
3519 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
3520 New = new MallocInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3521 else
3522 New = new AllocaInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3523 InsertNewInstBefore(New, *AI);
3524 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, New);
3525 }
Chris Lattnerbc61e662003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003526 }
3527 }
3528
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003529 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Src))
3530 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoSelect(CI, SI, this))
3531 return NV;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003532 if (isa<PHINode>(Src))
3533 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(CI))
3534 return NV;
3535
Chris Lattner24c8e382003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003536 // If the source value is an instruction with only this use, we can attempt to
3537 // propagate the cast into the instruction. Also, only handle integral types
3538 // for now.
3539 if (Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src))
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +00003540 if (SrcI->hasOneUse() && Src->getType()->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattner24c8e382003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003541 CI.getType()->isInteger()) { // Don't mess with casts to bool here
3542 const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003543 unsigned SrcBitSize = Src->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3544 unsigned DestBitSize = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner24c8e382003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003545
3546 Value *Op0 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 0 ? SrcI->getOperand(0) : 0;
3547 Value *Op1 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 1 ? SrcI->getOperand(1) : 0;
3548
3549 switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
3550 case Instruction::Add:
3551 case Instruction::Mul:
3552 case Instruction::And:
3553 case Instruction::Or:
3554 case Instruction::Xor:
3555 // If we are discarding information, or just changing the sign, rewrite.
3556 if (DestBitSize <= SrcBitSize && DestBitSize != 1) {
3557 // Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow two
3558 // casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could only be
3559 // converting signedness, which is a noop.
Chris Lattner59a20772004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003560 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize || !ValueRequiresCast(Op1, DestTy,TD) ||
3561 !ValueRequiresCast(Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
Chris Lattner24c8e382003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003562 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3563 Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
3564 return BinaryOperator::create(cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)
3565 ->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
3566 }
3567 }
Chris Lattner7aed7ac2005-05-06 02:07:39 +00003568
3569 // cast (xor bool X, true) to int --> xor (cast bool X to int), 1
3570 if (SrcBitSize == 1 && SrcI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor &&
3571 Op1 == ConstantBool::True &&
3572 (!Op0->hasOneUse() || !isa<SetCondInst>(Op0))) {
3573 Value *New = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, &CI);
3574 return BinaryOperator::createXor(New,
3575 ConstantInt::get(CI.getType(), 1));
3576 }
Chris Lattner24c8e382003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003577 break;
3578 case Instruction::Shl:
3579 // Allow changing the sign of the source operand. Do not allow changing
3580 // the size of the shift, UNLESS the shift amount is a constant. We
3581 // mush not change variable sized shifts to a smaller size, because it
3582 // is undefined to shift more bits out than exist in the value.
3583 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
3584 (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && isa<Constant>(Op1))) {
3585 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3586 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0c, Op1);
3587 }
3588 break;
Chris Lattnerd7115b02005-05-06 04:18:52 +00003589 case Instruction::Shr:
3590 // If this is a signed shr, and if all bits shifted in are about to be
3591 // truncated off, turn it into an unsigned shr to allow greater
3592 // simplifications.
3593 if (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && Src->getType()->isSigned() &&
3594 isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
3595 unsigned ShiftAmt = cast<ConstantUInt>(Op1)->getValue();
3596 if (SrcBitSize > ShiftAmt && SrcBitSize-ShiftAmt >= DestBitSize) {
3597 // Convert to unsigned.
3598 Value *N1 = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0,
3599 Op0->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(), &CI);
3600 // Insert the new shift, which is now unsigned.
3601 N1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, N1,
3602 Op1, Src->getName()), CI);
3603 return new CastInst(N1, CI.getType());
3604 }
3605 }
3606 break;
3607
Chris Lattner693787a2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00003608 case Instruction::SetNE:
Chris Lattner693787a2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00003609 if (ConstantInt *Op1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerd1523802005-05-06 01:53:19 +00003610 if (Op1C->getRawValue() == 0) {
3611 // If the input only has the low bit set, simplify directly.
Chris Lattner693787a2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00003612 Constant *Not1 =
3613 ConstantExpr::getNot(ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), 1));
Chris Lattnerd1523802005-05-06 01:53:19 +00003614 // cast (X != 0) to int --> X if X&~1 == 0
Chris Lattner693787a2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00003615 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, cast<ConstantIntegral>(Not1))) {
3616 if (CI.getType() == Op0->getType())
3617 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Op0);
3618 else
3619 return new CastInst(Op0, CI.getType());
3620 }
Chris Lattnerd1523802005-05-06 01:53:19 +00003621
3622 // If the input is an and with a single bit, shift then simplify.
3623 ConstantInt *AndRHS;
3624 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(AndRHS))))
3625 if (AndRHS->getRawValue() &&
3626 (AndRHS->getRawValue() & (AndRHS->getRawValue()-1)) == 0) {
3627 unsigned ShiftAmt = Log2(AndRHS->getRawValue());
3628 // Perform an unsigned shr by shiftamt. Convert input to
3629 // unsigned if it is signed.
3630 Value *In = Op0;
3631 if (In->getType()->isSigned())
3632 In = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(In,
3633 In->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(), In->getName()),CI);
3634 // Insert the shift to put the result in the low bit.
3635 In = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, In,
3636 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt),
3637 In->getName()+".lobit"), CI);
Chris Lattnerd1523802005-05-06 01:53:19 +00003638 if (CI.getType() == In->getType())
3639 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, In);
3640 else
3641 return new CastInst(In, CI.getType());
3642 }
3643 }
3644 }
3645 break;
3646 case Instruction::SetEQ:
3647 // We if we are just checking for a seteq of a single bit and casting it
3648 // to an integer. If so, shift the bit to the appropriate place then
3649 // cast to integer to avoid the comparison.
3650 if (ConstantInt *Op1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
3651 // Is Op1C a power of two or zero?
3652 if ((Op1C->getRawValue() & Op1C->getRawValue()-1) == 0) {
3653 // cast (X == 1) to int -> X iff X has only the low bit set.
3654 if (Op1C->getRawValue() == 1) {
3655 Constant *Not1 =
3656 ConstantExpr::getNot(ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), 1));
3657 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, cast<ConstantIntegral>(Not1))) {
3658 if (CI.getType() == Op0->getType())
3659 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Op0);
3660 else
3661 return new CastInst(Op0, CI.getType());
3662 }
3663 }
Chris Lattner693787a2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00003664 }
3665 }
3666 break;
Chris Lattner24c8e382003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003667 }
3668 }
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003669 return 0;
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00003670}
3671
Chris Lattnere576b912004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003672/// GetSelectFoldableOperands - We want to turn code that looks like this:
3673/// %C = or %A, %B
3674/// %D = select %cond, %C, %A
3675/// into:
3676/// %C = select %cond, %B, 0
3677/// %D = or %A, %C
3678///
3679/// Assuming that the specified instruction is an operand to the select, return
3680/// a bitmask indicating which operands of this instruction are foldable if they
3681/// equal the other incoming value of the select.
3682///
3683static unsigned GetSelectFoldableOperands(Instruction *I) {
3684 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3685 case Instruction::Add:
3686 case Instruction::Mul:
3687 case Instruction::And:
3688 case Instruction::Or:
3689 case Instruction::Xor:
3690 return 3; // Can fold through either operand.
3691 case Instruction::Sub: // Can only fold on the amount subtracted.
3692 case Instruction::Shl: // Can only fold on the shift amount.
3693 case Instruction::Shr:
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003694 return 1;
Chris Lattnere576b912004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003695 default:
3696 return 0; // Cannot fold
3697 }
3698}
3699
3700/// GetSelectFoldableConstant - For the same transformation as the previous
3701/// function, return the identity constant that goes into the select.
3702static Constant *GetSelectFoldableConstant(Instruction *I) {
3703 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3704 default: assert(0 && "This cannot happen!"); abort();
3705 case Instruction::Add:
3706 case Instruction::Sub:
3707 case Instruction::Or:
3708 case Instruction::Xor:
3709 return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
3710 case Instruction::Shl:
3711 case Instruction::Shr:
3712 return Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy);
3713 case Instruction::And:
3714 return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
3715 case Instruction::Mul:
3716 return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 1);
3717 }
3718}
3719
Chris Lattner6fb5a4a2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00003720/// FoldSelectOpOp - Here we have (select c, TI, FI), and we know that TI and FI
3721/// have the same opcode and only one use each. Try to simplify this.
3722Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
3723 Instruction *FI) {
3724 if (TI->getNumOperands() == 1) {
3725 // If this is a non-volatile load or a cast from the same type,
3726 // merge.
3727 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
3728 if (TI->getOperand(0)->getType() != FI->getOperand(0)->getType())
3729 return 0;
3730 } else {
3731 return 0; // unknown unary op.
3732 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003733
Chris Lattner6fb5a4a2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00003734 // Fold this by inserting a select from the input values.
3735 SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TI->getOperand(0),
3736 FI->getOperand(0), SI.getName()+".v");
3737 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
3738 return new CastInst(NewSI, TI->getType());
3739 }
3740
3741 // Only handle binary operators here.
3742 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(TI) && !isa<BinaryOperator>(TI))
3743 return 0;
3744
3745 // Figure out if the operations have any operands in common.
3746 Value *MatchOp, *OtherOpT, *OtherOpF;
3747 bool MatchIsOpZero;
3748 if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
3749 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
3750 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
3751 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
3752 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3753 } else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
3754 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
3755 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
3756 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
3757 MatchIsOpZero = false;
3758 } else if (!TI->isCommutative()) {
3759 return 0;
3760 } else if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
3761 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
3762 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
3763 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
3764 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3765 } else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
3766 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
3767 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
3768 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
3769 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3770 } else {
3771 return 0;
3772 }
3773
3774 // If we reach here, they do have operations in common.
3775 SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), OtherOpT,
3776 OtherOpF, SI.getName()+".v");
3777 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
3778
3779 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TI)) {
3780 if (MatchIsOpZero)
3781 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
3782 else
3783 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
3784 } else {
3785 if (MatchIsOpZero)
3786 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
3787 else
3788 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
3789 }
3790}
3791
Chris Lattner3d69f462004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003792Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
Chris Lattnerc32b30a2004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003793 Value *CondVal = SI.getCondition();
3794 Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
3795 Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
3796
3797 // select true, X, Y -> X
3798 // select false, X, Y -> Y
3799 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(CondVal))
Chris Lattner3d69f462004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003800 if (C == ConstantBool::True)
Chris Lattnerc32b30a2004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003801 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner3d69f462004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003802 else {
3803 assert(C == ConstantBool::False);
Chris Lattnerc32b30a2004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003804 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner3d69f462004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003805 }
Chris Lattnerc32b30a2004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003806
3807 // select C, X, X -> X
3808 if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
3809 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3810
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003811 if (isa<UndefValue>(TrueVal)) // select C, undef, X -> X
3812 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3813 if (isa<UndefValue>(FalseVal)) // select C, X, undef -> X
3814 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3815 if (isa<UndefValue>(CondVal)) { // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
3816 if (isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3817 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3818 else
3819 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3820 }
3821
Chris Lattner0c199a72004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003822 if (SI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
3823 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(TrueVal)) {
3824 if (C == ConstantBool::True) {
3825 // Change: A = select B, true, C --> A = or B, C
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003826 return BinaryOperator::createOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner0c199a72004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003827 } else {
3828 // Change: A = select B, false, C --> A = and !B, C
3829 Value *NotCond =
3830 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3831 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003832 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NotCond, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner0c199a72004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003833 }
3834 } else if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(FalseVal)) {
3835 if (C == ConstantBool::False) {
3836 // Change: A = select B, C, false --> A = and B, C
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003837 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner0c199a72004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003838 } else {
3839 // Change: A = select B, C, true --> A = or !B, C
3840 Value *NotCond =
3841 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3842 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003843 return BinaryOperator::createOr(NotCond, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner0c199a72004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003844 }
3845 }
3846
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003847 // Selecting between two integer constants?
3848 if (ConstantInt *TrueValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal))
3849 if (ConstantInt *FalseValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
3850 // select C, 1, 0 -> cast C to int
3851 if (FalseValC->isNullValue() && TrueValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3852 return new CastInst(CondVal, SI.getType());
3853 } else if (TrueValC->isNullValue() && FalseValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3854 // select C, 0, 1 -> cast !C to int
3855 Value *NotCond =
3856 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
Chris Lattner82e14fe2004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003857 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003858 return new CastInst(NotCond, SI.getType());
Chris Lattner82e14fe2004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003859 }
Chris Lattner457dd822004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003860
3861 // If one of the constants is zero (we know they can't both be) and we
3862 // have a setcc instruction with zero, and we have an 'and' with the
3863 // non-constant value, eliminate this whole mess. This corresponds to
3864 // cases like this: ((X & 27) ? 27 : 0)
3865 if (TrueValC->isNullValue() || FalseValC->isNullValue())
3866 if (Instruction *IC = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI.getCondition()))
3867 if ((IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
3868 IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) &&
3869 isa<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1)) &&
3870 cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
3871 if (Instruction *ICA = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IC->getOperand(0)))
3872 if (ICA->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003873 isa<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)) &&
3874 (ICA->getOperand(1) == TrueValC ||
3875 ICA->getOperand(1) == FalseValC) &&
Chris Lattner457dd822004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003876 isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)))) {
3877 // Okay, now we know that everything is set up, we just don't
3878 // know whether we have a setne or seteq and whether the true or
3879 // false val is the zero.
3880 bool ShouldNotVal = !TrueValC->isNullValue();
3881 ShouldNotVal ^= IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
3882 Value *V = ICA;
3883 if (ShouldNotVal)
3884 V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::create(
3885 Instruction::Xor, V, ICA->getOperand(1)), SI);
3886 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V);
3887 }
Chris Lattnerc32b30a2004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003888 }
Chris Lattnerd76956d2004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003889
3890 // See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
3891 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(CondVal)) {
3892 if (SCI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
3893 // Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
3894 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
3895 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3896 // Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
3897 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
3898 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3899 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3900
3901 } else if (SCI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
3902 // Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
3903 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
Chris Lattnerfbede522004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003904 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattnerd76956d2004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003905 // Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
3906 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
Chris Lattnerfbede522004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003907 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattnerd76956d2004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003908 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3909 }
3910 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003911
Chris Lattner87875da2005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003912 if (Instruction *TI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3913 if (Instruction *FI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
3914 if (TI->hasOneUse() && FI->hasOneUse()) {
3915 bool isInverse = false;
3916 Instruction *AddOp = 0, *SubOp = 0;
3917
Chris Lattner6fb5a4a2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00003918 // Turn (select C, (op X, Y), (op X, Z)) -> (op X, (select C, Y, Z))
3919 if (TI->getOpcode() == FI->getOpcode())
3920 if (Instruction *IV = FoldSelectOpOp(SI, TI, FI))
3921 return IV;
3922
3923 // Turn select C, (X+Y), (X-Y) --> (X+(select C, Y, (-Y))). This is
3924 // even legal for FP.
Chris Lattner87875da2005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003925 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3926 FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3927 AddOp = FI; SubOp = TI;
3928 } else if (FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3929 TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3930 AddOp = TI; SubOp = FI;
3931 }
3932
3933 if (AddOp) {
3934 Value *OtherAddOp = 0;
3935 if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(0)) {
3936 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(1);
3937 } else if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(1)) {
3938 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(0);
3939 }
3940
3941 if (OtherAddOp) {
3942 // So at this point we know we have:
3943 // select C, (add X, Y), (sub X, ?)
3944 // We can do the transform profitably if either 'Y' = '?' or '?' is
3945 // a constant.
3946 if (SubOp->getOperand(1) == AddOp ||
3947 isa<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3948 Value *NegVal;
3949 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3950 NegVal = ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
3951 } else {
3952 NegVal = InsertNewInstBefore(
3953 BinaryOperator::createNeg(SubOp->getOperand(1)), SI);
3954 }
3955
Chris Lattner906ab502005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003956 Value *NewTrueOp = OtherAddOp;
Chris Lattner87875da2005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003957 Value *NewFalseOp = NegVal;
3958 if (AddOp != TI)
3959 std::swap(NewTrueOp, NewFalseOp);
3960 Instruction *NewSel =
3961 new SelectInst(CondVal, NewTrueOp,NewFalseOp,SI.getName()+".p");
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003962
Chris Lattner87875da2005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003963 NewSel = InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
Chris Lattner906ab502005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003964 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(SubOp->getOperand(0), NewSel);
Chris Lattner87875da2005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003965 }
3966 }
3967 }
3968 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003969
Chris Lattnere576b912004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003970 // See if we can fold the select into one of our operands.
3971 if (SI.getType()->isInteger()) {
3972 // See the comment above GetSelectFoldableOperands for a description of the
3973 // transformation we are doing here.
3974 if (Instruction *TVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3975 if (TVI->hasOneUse() && TVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3976 !isa<Constant>(FalseVal))
3977 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(TVI)) {
3978 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3979 if ((SFO & 1) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(0)) {
3980 OpToFold = 1;
3981 } else if ((SFO & 2) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(1)) {
3982 OpToFold = 2;
3983 }
3984
3985 if (OpToFold) {
3986 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(TVI);
3987 std::string Name = TVI->getName(); TVI->setName("");
3988 Instruction *NewSel =
3989 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold), C,
3990 Name);
3991 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
3992 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TVI))
3993 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3994 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(TVI))
3995 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3996 else {
3997 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
3998 }
3999 }
4000 }
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00004001
Chris Lattnere576b912004-04-09 23:46:01 +00004002 if (Instruction *FVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
4003 if (FVI->hasOneUse() && FVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
4004 !isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
4005 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(FVI)) {
4006 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
4007 if ((SFO & 1) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(0)) {
4008 OpToFold = 1;
4009 } else if ((SFO & 2) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(1)) {
4010 OpToFold = 2;
4011 }
4012
4013 if (OpToFold) {
4014 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(FVI);
4015 std::string Name = FVI->getName(); FVI->setName("");
4016 Instruction *NewSel =
4017 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), C, FVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold),
4018 Name);
4019 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
4020 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FVI))
4021 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
4022 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(FVI))
4023 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
4024 else {
4025 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
4026 }
4027 }
4028 }
4029 }
Chris Lattnera1df33c2005-04-24 07:30:14 +00004030
4031 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(CondVal)) {
4032 SI.setOperand(0, BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(CondVal));
4033 SI.setOperand(1, FalseVal);
4034 SI.setOperand(2, TrueVal);
4035 return &SI;
4036 }
4037
Chris Lattner3d69f462004-03-12 05:52:32 +00004038 return 0;
4039}
4040
4041
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004042// CallInst simplification
4043//
4044Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004045 // Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
4046 // visitCallSite.
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004047 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(&CI)) {
4048 bool Changed = false;
4049
4050 // memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
4051 if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
4052 if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
4053
4054 // FIXME: Increase alignment here.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004055
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004056 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
4057 if (CI->getRawValue() == 1) {
4058 // Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
4059 // transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
4060 // alignment is sufficient.
4061 }
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004062 }
4063
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004064 // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
4065 // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
4066 // into a call to memcpy.
4067 if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI))
4068 if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
4069 if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
4070 Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
4071 Function *MemCpy = M->getOrInsertFunction("llvm.memcpy",
4072 CI.getCalledFunction()->getFunctionType());
4073 CI.setOperand(0, MemCpy);
4074 Changed = true;
4075 }
4076
4077 if (Changed) return &CI;
Chris Lattner954f66a2004-11-18 21:41:39 +00004078 } else if (DbgStopPointInst *SPI = dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(&CI)) {
4079 // If this stoppoint is at the same source location as the previous
4080 // stoppoint in the chain, it is not needed.
4081 if (DbgStopPointInst *PrevSPI =
4082 dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(SPI->getChain()))
4083 if (SPI->getLineNo() == PrevSPI->getLineNo() &&
4084 SPI->getColNo() == PrevSPI->getColNo()) {
4085 SPI->replaceAllUsesWith(PrevSPI);
4086 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
4087 }
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004088 }
4089
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004090 return visitCallSite(&CI);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004091}
4092
4093// InvokeInst simplification
4094//
4095Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004096 return visitCallSite(&II);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004097}
4098
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004099// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
4100//
4101Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004102 bool Changed = false;
4103
4104 // If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
4105 // to the arguments of the call/invoke.
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004106 if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
4107
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004108 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004109
Chris Lattner08b22ec2005-05-13 07:09:09 +00004110 if (Function *CalleeF = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee))
4111 if (CalleeF->getCallingConv() != CS.getCallingConv()) {
4112 Instruction *OldCall = CS.getInstruction();
4113 // If the call and callee calling conventions don't match, this call must
4114 // be unreachable, as the call is undefined.
4115 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4116 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)), OldCall);
4117 if (!OldCall->use_empty())
4118 OldCall->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(OldCall->getType()));
4119 if (isa<CallInst>(OldCall)) // Not worth removing an invoke here.
4120 return EraseInstFromFunction(*OldCall);
4121 return 0;
4122 }
4123
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004124 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
4125 // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
4126 // undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
4127 // that we can't modify the CFG here.
4128 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4129 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)),
4130 CS.getInstruction());
4131
4132 if (!CS.getInstruction()->use_empty())
4133 CS.getInstruction()->
4134 replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
4135
4136 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
4137 // Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
4138 new BranchInst(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
4139 ConstantBool::True, II);
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004140 }
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004141 return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
4142 }
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004143
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004144 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
4145 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
4146 if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
4147 // See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
4148 // the call.
4149 for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
4150 E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I)
4151 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I)) {
4152 // If this cast does not effect the value passed through the varargs
4153 // area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
4154 Value *Op = CI->getOperand(0);
4155 if (CI->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(Op->getType())) {
4156 *I = Op;
4157 Changed = true;
4158 }
4159 }
4160 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004161
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004162 return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004163}
4164
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004165// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
4166// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
4167//
4168bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
4169 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
4170 ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
Chris Lattner9db07b92004-07-18 18:59:44 +00004171 if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::Cast || !isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004172 return false;
Reid Spencer8863f182004-07-18 00:38:32 +00004173 Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004174 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
4175
4176 // Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
4177 // would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
4178 // be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
4179 //
4180 const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
4181 const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
4182
Chris Lattnerf78616b2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004183 // Check to see if we are changing the return type...
4184 if (OldRetTy != FT->getReturnType()) {
4185 if (Callee->isExternal() &&
4186 !OldRetTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(FT->getReturnType()) &&
4187 !Caller->use_empty())
4188 return false; // Cannot transform this return value...
4189
4190 // If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
4191 // a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
4192 // because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
4193 // the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
4194 if (!Caller->use_empty())
4195 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
4196 for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
4197 UI != E; ++UI)
4198 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
4199 if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
Chris Lattneraeb2a1d2004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004200 PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
Chris Lattnerf78616b2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004201 return false;
4202 }
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004203
4204 unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
4205 unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004206
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004207 CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
4208 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
4209 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4210 bool isConvertible = (*AI)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(ParamTy);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004211 if (Callee->isExternal() && !isConvertible) return false;
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004212 }
4213
4214 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
4215 Callee->isExternal())
4216 return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body...
4217
4218 // Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
4219 // inserting cast instructions as necessary...
4220 std::vector<Value*> Args;
4221 Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
4222
4223 AI = CS.arg_begin();
4224 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4225 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4226 if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
4227 Args.push_back(*AI);
4228 } else {
Chris Lattner0c199a72004-04-08 04:43:23 +00004229 Args.push_back(InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(*AI, ParamTy, "tmp"),
4230 *Caller));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004231 }
4232 }
4233
4234 // If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
4235 // now...
4236 for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
4237 Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
4238
4239 // If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning...
4240 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs)
4241 if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
4242 std::cerr << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
4243 << Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
4244 } else {
4245 // Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list...
4246 for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4247 const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
4248 if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
4249 // Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
4250 Instruction *Cast = new CastInst(*AI, PTy, "tmp");
4251 InsertNewInstBefore(Cast, *Caller);
4252 Args.push_back(Cast);
4253 } else {
4254 Args.push_back(*AI);
4255 }
4256 }
4257 }
4258
4259 if (FT->getReturnType() == Type::VoidTy)
4260 Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name...
4261
4262 Instruction *NC;
4263 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Chris Lattneraeb2a1d2004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004264 NC = new InvokeInst(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004265 Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
Chris Lattnere4370262005-05-14 12:25:32 +00004266 cast<InvokeInst>(II)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004267 } else {
4268 NC = new CallInst(Callee, Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
Chris Lattnera9e92112005-05-06 06:48:21 +00004269 if (cast<CallInst>(Caller)->isTailCall())
4270 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setTailCall();
Chris Lattnere4370262005-05-14 12:25:32 +00004271 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(cast<CallInst>(Caller)->getCallingConv());
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004272 }
4273
4274 // Insert a cast of the return type as necessary...
4275 Value *NV = NC;
4276 if (Caller->getType() != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
4277 if (NV->getType() != Type::VoidTy) {
4278 NV = NC = new CastInst(NC, Caller->getType(), "tmp");
Chris Lattnerbb609042003-10-30 00:46:41 +00004279
4280 // If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
4281 // non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
4282 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
4283 BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->begin();
4284 while (isa<PHINode>(I)) ++I;
4285 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
4286 } else {
4287 // Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
4288 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
4289 }
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004290 AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004291 } else {
Chris Lattnerc30bda72004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004292 NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004293 }
4294 }
4295
4296 if (Caller->getType() != Type::VoidTy && !Caller->use_empty())
4297 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
4298 Caller->getParent()->getInstList().erase(Caller);
4299 removeFromWorkList(Caller);
4300 return true;
4301}
4302
4303
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004304// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
4305// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
4306// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
4307Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
4308 Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
4309
4310 // Scan the instruction, looking for input operations that can be folded away.
4311 // If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from
4312 // the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing
4313 // code size and simplifying code.
4314 Constant *ConstantOp = 0;
4315 const Type *CastSrcTy = 0;
4316 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) {
4317 CastSrcTy = FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType();
4318 } else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)) {
4319 // Can fold binop or shift if the RHS is a constant.
4320 ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1));
4321 if (ConstantOp == 0) return 0;
4322 } else {
4323 return 0; // Cannot fold this operation.
4324 }
4325
4326 // Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
4327 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4328 if (!isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) return 0;
4329 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4330 if (!I->hasOneUse() || I->getOpcode() != FirstInst->getOpcode())
4331 return 0;
4332 if (CastSrcTy) {
4333 if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy)
4334 return 0; // Cast operation must match.
4335 } else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) {
4336 return 0;
4337 }
4338 }
4339
4340 // Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
4341 // correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
4342 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
4343 PN.getName()+".in");
Chris Lattner55517062005-01-29 00:39:08 +00004344 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattnerb5893442004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004345
4346 Value *InVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
4347 NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004348
4349 // Add all operands to the new PHI.
Chris Lattnerb5893442004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004350 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4351 Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
4352 if (NewInVal != InVal)
4353 InVal = 0;
4354 NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4355 }
4356
4357 Value *PhiVal;
4358 if (InVal) {
4359 // The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
4360 // common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
4361 PhiVal = InVal;
4362 delete NewPN;
4363 } else {
4364 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
4365 PhiVal = NewPN;
4366 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004367
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004368 // Insert and return the new operation.
4369 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattnerb5893442004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004370 return new CastInst(PhiVal, PN.getType());
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004371 else if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattnerb5893442004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004372 return BinaryOperator::create(BinOp->getOpcode(), PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004373 else
4374 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)->getOpcode(),
Chris Lattnerb5893442004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004375 PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004376}
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004377
Chris Lattnera3fd1c52005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004378/// DeadPHICycle - Return true if this PHI node is only used by a PHI node cycle
4379/// that is dead.
4380static bool DeadPHICycle(PHINode *PN, std::set<PHINode*> &PotentiallyDeadPHIs) {
4381 if (PN->use_empty()) return true;
4382 if (!PN->hasOneUse()) return false;
4383
4384 // Remember this node, and if we find the cycle, return.
4385 if (!PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(PN).second)
4386 return true;
4387
4388 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN->use_back()))
4389 return DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004390
Chris Lattnera3fd1c52005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004391 return false;
4392}
4393
Chris Lattner473945d2002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004394// PHINode simplification
4395//
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004396Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
Chris Lattnerc30bda72004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004397 if (Value *V = hasConstantValue(&PN)) {
4398 // If V is an instruction, we have to be certain that it dominates PN.
4399 // However, because we don't have dom info, we can't do a perfect job.
4400 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
4401 // We know that the instruction dominates the PHI if there are no undef
4402 // values coming in.
Chris Lattner77bcee72004-10-18 01:48:31 +00004403 if (I->getParent() != &I->getParent()->getParent()->front() ||
4404 isa<InvokeInst>(I))
Chris Lattnerca459302004-10-17 21:31:34 +00004405 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4406 if (isa<UndefValue>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4407 V = 0;
4408 break;
4409 }
Chris Lattnerc30bda72004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004410 }
4411
4412 if (V)
4413 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, V);
4414 }
Chris Lattner7059f2e2004-02-16 05:07:08 +00004415
4416 // If the only user of this instruction is a cast instruction, and all of the
4417 // incoming values are constants, change this PHI to merge together the casted
4418 // constants.
4419 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4420 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(PN.use_back()))
4421 if (CI->getType() != PN.getType()) { // noop casts will be folded
4422 bool AllConstant = true;
4423 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4424 if (!isa<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4425 AllConstant = false;
4426 break;
4427 }
4428 if (AllConstant) {
4429 // Make a new PHI with all casted values.
4430 PHINode *New = new PHINode(CI->getType(), PN.getName(), &PN);
4431 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4432 Constant *OldArg = cast<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4433 New->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(OldArg, New->getType()),
4434 PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4435 }
4436
4437 // Update the cast instruction.
4438 CI->setOperand(0, New);
4439 WorkList.push_back(CI); // revisit the cast instruction to fold.
4440 WorkList.push_back(New); // Make sure to revisit the new Phi
4441 return &PN; // PN is now dead!
4442 }
4443 }
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004444
4445 // If all PHI operands are the same operation, pull them through the PHI,
4446 // reducing code size.
4447 if (isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0)) &&
4448 PN.getIncomingValue(0)->hasOneUse())
4449 if (Instruction *Result = FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PN))
4450 return Result;
4451
Chris Lattnera3fd1c52005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004452 // If this is a trivial cycle in the PHI node graph, remove it. Basically, if
4453 // this PHI only has a single use (a PHI), and if that PHI only has one use (a
4454 // PHI)... break the cycle.
4455 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4456 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN.use_back())) {
4457 std::set<PHINode*> PotentiallyDeadPHIs;
4458 PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(&PN);
4459 if (DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs))
4460 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
4461 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004462
Chris Lattner60921c92003-12-19 05:58:40 +00004463 return 0;
Chris Lattner473945d2002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004464}
4465
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004466static Value *InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(Value *V, const Type *DTy,
4467 Instruction *InsertPoint,
4468 InstCombiner *IC) {
4469 unsigned PS = IC->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
4470 const Type *VTy = V->getType();
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004471 if (!VTy->isSigned() && VTy->getPrimitiveSize() < PS)
4472 // We must insert a cast to ensure we sign-extend.
4473 V = IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, VTy->getSignedVersion(),
4474 V->getName()), *InsertPoint);
4475 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, DTy, V->getName()),
4476 *InsertPoint);
4477}
4478
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004479
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004480Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004481 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerc54e2b82003-05-22 19:07:21 +00004482 // Is it 'getelementptr %P, long 0' or 'getelementptr %P'
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004483 // If so, eliminate the noop.
Chris Lattnerc6bd1952004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004484 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 1)
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004485 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattnerc6bd1952004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004486
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004487 if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
4488 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
4489
Chris Lattnerc6bd1952004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004490 bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
4491 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
4492 HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isNullValue();
4493
4494 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 && HasZeroPointerIndex)
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004495 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004496
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004497 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
4498 bool MadeChange = false;
Chris Lattnercb69a4e2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004499 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
4500 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI)
4501 if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
4502 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(GEP.getOperand(i))) {
4503 Value *Src = CI->getOperand(0);
4504 const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
4505 const Type *DestTy = CI->getType();
4506 if (Src->getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004507 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
4508 DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattnercb69a4e2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004509 // We can always eliminate a cast from ulong or long to the other.
4510 // We can always eliminate a cast from uint to int or the other on
4511 // 32-bit pointer platforms.
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004512 if (DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= TD->getPointerSizeInBits()){
Chris Lattnercb69a4e2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004513 MadeChange = true;
4514 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4515 }
4516 } else if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
4517 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == 4) {
4518 // We can always eliminate a cast from int to [u]long. We can
4519 // eliminate a cast from uint to [u]long iff the target is a 32-bit
4520 // pointer target.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004521 if (SrcTy->isSigned() ||
Chris Lattner484d3cf2005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004522 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= TD->getPointerSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattnercb69a4e2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004523 MadeChange = true;
4524 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4525 }
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004526 }
4527 }
4528 }
Chris Lattnercb69a4e2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004529 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
4530 // to what we need. If the incoming value needs a cast instruction,
4531 // insert it. This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more
4532 // obvious.
4533 Value *Op = GEP.getOperand(i);
4534 if (Op->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() > TD->getPointerSize())
Chris Lattner4f1134e2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004535 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
Chris Lattner67769e52004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004536 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(C,
4537 TD->getIntPtrType()->getSignedVersion()));
Chris Lattner4f1134e2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004538 MadeChange = true;
4539 } else {
Chris Lattnercb69a4e2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004540 Op = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, TD->getIntPtrType(),
4541 Op->getName()), GEP);
4542 GEP.setOperand(i, Op);
4543 MadeChange = true;
4544 }
Chris Lattner67769e52004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004545
4546 // If this is a constant idx, make sure to canonicalize it to be a signed
4547 // operand, otherwise CSE and other optimizations are pessimized.
4548 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op)) {
4549 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(CUI,
4550 CUI->getType()->getSignedVersion()));
4551 MadeChange = true;
4552 }
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004553 }
4554 if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
4555
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004556 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
4557 // is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
4558 // getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
4559 //
Chris Lattnerebd985c2004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004560 std::vector<Value*> SrcGEPOperands;
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004561 if (User *Src = dyn_castGetElementPtr(PtrOp))
Chris Lattnerebd985c2004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004562 SrcGEPOperands.assign(Src->op_begin(), Src->op_end());
Chris Lattnerebd985c2004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004563
4564 if (!SrcGEPOperands.empty()) {
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004565 // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
4566 // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
4567 // avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
4568 //
4569 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(SrcGEPOperands[0]) &&
4570 cast<Instruction>(SrcGEPOperands[0])->getNumOperands() == 2)
4571 return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
4572
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004573 std::vector<Value *> Indices;
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004574
4575 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
4576 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
4577 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*cast<User>(PtrOp)),
4578 E = gep_type_end(*cast<User>(PtrOp)); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattnerbe97b4e2004-05-08 22:41:42 +00004579 EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004580
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004581 // Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004582 if (EndsWithSequential) {
Chris Lattnerdecd0812003-03-05 22:33:14 +00004583 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
4584 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
4585 //
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004586 Value *Sum, *SO1 = SrcGEPOperands.back(), *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004587 if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
4588 Sum = GO1;
4589 } else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
4590 Sum = SO1;
4591 } else {
4592 // If they aren't the same type, convert both to an integer of the
4593 // target's pointer size.
4594 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) {
4595 if (Constant *SO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO1)) {
4596 SO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(SO1C, GO1->getType());
4597 } else if (Constant *GO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GO1)) {
4598 GO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(GO1C, SO1->getType());
4599 } else {
4600 unsigned PS = TD->getPointerSize();
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004601 if (SO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4602 // Convert GO1 to SO1's type.
4603 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, SO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4604
4605 } else if (GO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4606 // Convert SO1 to GO1's type.
4607 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, GO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4608 } else {
4609 const Type *PT = TD->getIntPtrType();
4610 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4611 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4612 }
4613 }
4614 }
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004615 if (isa<Constant>(SO1) && isa<Constant>(GO1))
4616 Sum = ConstantExpr::getAdd(cast<Constant>(SO1), cast<Constant>(GO1));
4617 else {
Chris Lattner48595f12004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004618 Sum = BinaryOperator::createAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
4619 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Sum), GEP);
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004620 }
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004621 }
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004622
4623 // Recycle the GEP we already have if possible.
4624 if (SrcGEPOperands.size() == 2) {
4625 GEP.setOperand(0, SrcGEPOperands[0]);
4626 GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
4627 return &GEP;
4628 } else {
4629 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4630 SrcGEPOperands.end()-1);
4631 Indices.push_back(Sum);
4632 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
4633 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004634 } else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004635 cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004636 SrcGEPOperands.size() != 1) {
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004637 // Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Chris Lattnerebd985c2004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004638 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4639 SrcGEPOperands.end());
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004640 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
4641 }
4642
4643 if (!Indices.empty())
Chris Lattnerebd985c2004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004644 return new GetElementPtrInst(SrcGEPOperands[0], Indices, GEP.getName());
Chris Lattner9b761232002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004645
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004646 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattner9b761232002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004647 // GEP of global variable. If all of the indices for this GEP are
4648 // constants, we can promote this to a constexpr instead of an instruction.
4649
4650 // Scan for nonconstants...
4651 std::vector<Constant*> Indices;
4652 User::op_iterator I = GEP.idx_begin(), E = GEP.idx_end();
4653 for (; I != E && isa<Constant>(*I); ++I)
4654 Indices.push_back(cast<Constant>(*I));
4655
4656 if (I == E) { // If they are all constants...
Chris Lattner9db07b92004-07-18 18:59:44 +00004657 Constant *CE = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Indices);
Chris Lattner9b761232002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004658
4659 // Replace all uses of the GEP with the new constexpr...
4660 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, CE);
4661 }
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004662 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattnerc6bd1952004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004663 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4664 if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
4665 // transform: GEP (cast [10 x ubyte]* X to [0 x ubyte]*), long 0, ...
4666 // into : GEP [10 x ubyte]* X, long 0, ...
4667 //
4668 // This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
4669 //
4670 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4671 const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getType());
4672 if (const PointerType *XTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(X->getType()))
4673 if (const ArrayType *XATy =
4674 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType()))
4675 if (const ArrayType *CATy =
4676 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType()))
4677 if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
4678 // At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
4679 // to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
4680 // array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
4681 // is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
4682 GEP.setOperand(0, X);
4683 return &GEP;
4684 }
Chris Lattner574da9b2005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004685 } else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 &&
4686 isa<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
Chris Lattner646641e2004-11-27 17:55:46 +00004687 // Transform things like:
4688 // %t = getelementptr ubyte* cast ([2 x sbyte]* %str to ubyte*), uint %V
4689 // into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x sbyte*]* %str, int 0, uint %V; cast
4690 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4691 const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
4692 const Type *ResElTy =cast<PointerType>(CE->getType())->getElementType();
4693 if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004694 TD->getTypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
Chris Lattner646641e2004-11-27 17:55:46 +00004695 TD->getTypeSize(ResElTy)) {
4696 Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(
4697 new GetElementPtrInst(X, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy),
4698 GEP.getOperand(1), GEP.getName()), GEP);
4699 return new CastInst(V, GEP.getType());
4700 }
Chris Lattnerc6bd1952004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004701 }
4702 }
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004703 }
4704
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004705 return 0;
4706}
4707
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004708Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI) {
4709 // Convert: malloc Ty, C - where C is a constant != 1 into: malloc [C x Ty], 1
4710 if (AI.isArrayAllocation()) // Check C != 1
4711 if (const ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4712 const Type *NewTy = ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getValue());
Chris Lattner0006bd72002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004713 AllocationInst *New = 0;
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004714
4715 // Create and insert the replacement instruction...
4716 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
Chris Lattner7c881df2004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004717 New = new MallocInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattner0006bd72002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004718 else {
4719 assert(isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && "Unknown type of allocation inst!");
Chris Lattner7c881df2004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004720 New = new AllocaInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattner0006bd72002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004721 }
Chris Lattner7c881df2004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004722
4723 InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004724
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004725 // Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of
4726 // allocas if possible...
4727 //
4728 BasicBlock::iterator It = New;
4729 while (isa<AllocationInst>(*It)) ++It;
4730
4731 // Now that I is pointing to the first non-allocation-inst in the block,
4732 // insert our getelementptr instruction...
4733 //
Chris Lattner693787a2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00004734 Value *NullIdx = Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy);
4735 Value *V = new GetElementPtrInst(New, NullIdx, NullIdx,
4736 New->getName()+".sub", It);
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004737
4738 // Now make everything use the getelementptr instead of the original
4739 // allocation.
Chris Lattner7c881df2004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004740 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, V);
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004741 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4742 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004743 }
Chris Lattner7c881df2004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004744
4745 // If alloca'ing a zero byte object, replace the alloca with a null pointer.
4746 // Note that we only do this for alloca's, because malloc should allocate and
4747 // return a unique pointer, even for a zero byte allocation.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004748 if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() &&
Chris Lattnercf27afb2004-07-02 22:55:47 +00004749 TD->getTypeSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chris Lattner7c881df2004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004750 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
4751
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004752 return 0;
4753}
4754
Chris Lattner67b1e1b2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004755Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI) {
4756 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
4757
4758 // Change free <ty>* (cast <ty2>* X to <ty>*) into free <ty2>* X
4759 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4760 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
4761 FI.setOperand(0, CI->getOperand(0));
4762 return &FI;
4763 }
4764
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004765 // free undef -> unreachable.
4766 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
4767 // Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
4768 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4769 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)), &FI);
4770 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4771 }
4772
Chris Lattner6160e852004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004773 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
4774 // when lots of inlining happens.
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004775 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004776 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
Chris Lattner6160e852004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004777
Chris Lattner67b1e1b2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004778 return 0;
4779}
4780
4781
Chris Lattner833b8a42003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004782/// GetGEPGlobalInitializer - Given a constant, and a getelementptr
4783/// constantexpr, return the constant value being addressed by the constant
4784/// expression, or null if something is funny.
4785///
4786static Constant *GetGEPGlobalInitializer(Constant *C, ConstantExpr *CE) {
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004787 if (CE->getOperand(1) != Constant::getNullValue(CE->getOperand(1)->getType()))
Chris Lattner833b8a42003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004788 return 0; // Do not allow stepping over the value!
4789
4790 // Loop over all of the operands, tracking down which value we are
4791 // addressing...
Chris Lattnere1368ae2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004792 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(CE), E = gep_type_end(CE);
4793 for (++I; I != E; ++I)
4794 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*I)) {
4795 ConstantUInt *CU = cast<ConstantUInt>(I.getOperand());
4796 assert(CU->getValue() < STy->getNumElements() &&
4797 "Struct index out of range!");
Chris Lattner652f3cf2005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004798 unsigned El = (unsigned)CU->getValue();
Chris Lattnere1368ae2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004799 if (ConstantStruct *CS = dyn_cast<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
Chris Lattner652f3cf2005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004800 C = CS->getOperand(El);
Chris Lattnere1368ae2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004801 } else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C)) {
Jeff Cohen9d809302005-04-23 21:38:35 +00004802 C = Constant::getNullValue(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004803 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) {
Jeff Cohen9d809302005-04-23 21:38:35 +00004804 C = UndefValue::get(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattnere1368ae2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004805 } else {
4806 return 0;
4807 }
4808 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand())) {
4809 const ArrayType *ATy = cast<ArrayType>(*I);
4810 if ((uint64_t)CI->getRawValue() >= ATy->getNumElements()) return 0;
4811 if (ConstantArray *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArray>(C))
Chris Lattner652f3cf2005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004812 C = CA->getOperand((unsigned)CI->getRawValue());
Chris Lattnere1368ae2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004813 else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C))
4814 C = Constant::getNullValue(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004815 else if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
4816 C = UndefValue::get(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere1368ae2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004817 else
4818 return 0;
4819 } else {
Chris Lattner833b8a42003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004820 return 0;
Chris Lattnere1368ae2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004821 }
Chris Lattner833b8a42003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004822 return C;
4823}
4824
Chris Lattnerfcfe33a2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00004825/// InstCombineLoadCast - Fold 'load (cast P)' -> cast (load P)' when possible.
Chris Lattnerb89e0712004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004826static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI) {
4827 User *CI = cast<User>(LI.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerf9527852005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004828 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerb89e0712004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004829
4830 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
Chris Lattnerf9527852005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004831 if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
Chris Lattnerb89e0712004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004832 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnerf9527852005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004833
4834 if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
4835 // If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
4836 // see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
4837 // constants.
4838 if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
4839 if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
4840 if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
4841 std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
4842 CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
4843 SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
4844 SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
4845 }
4846
4847 if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
Chris Lattnerb1515fe2005-03-29 06:37:47 +00004848 // Do not allow turning this into a load of an integer, which is then
4849 // casted to a pointer, this pessimizes pointer analysis a lot.
4850 (isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy) == isa<PointerType>(LI.getType())) &&
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004851 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
Chris Lattnerf9527852005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004852 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy)) {
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004853
Chris Lattnerf9527852005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004854 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
4855 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the load, cast
4856 // the result of the loaded value.
4857 Value *NewLoad = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(CastOp,
4858 CI->getName(),
4859 LI.isVolatile()),LI);
4860 // Now cast the result of the load.
4861 return new CastInst(NewLoad, LI.getType());
4862 }
Chris Lattnerb89e0712004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004863 }
4864 }
4865 return 0;
4866}
4867
Chris Lattnerc10aced2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004868/// isSafeToLoadUnconditionally - Return true if we know that executing a load
Chris Lattner8a375202004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004869/// from this value cannot trap. If it is not obviously safe to load from the
4870/// specified pointer, we do a quick local scan of the basic block containing
4871/// ScanFrom, to determine if the address is already accessed.
4872static bool isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(Value *V, Instruction *ScanFrom) {
4873 // If it is an alloca or global variable, it is always safe to load from.
4874 if (isa<AllocaInst>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) return true;
4875
4876 // Otherwise, be a little bit agressive by scanning the local block where we
4877 // want to check to see if the pointer is already being loaded or stored
Alkis Evlogimenos7b6ec602004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004878 // from/to. If so, the previous load or store would have already trapped,
4879 // so there is no harm doing an extra load (also, CSE will later eliminate
4880 // the load entirely).
Chris Lattner8a375202004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004881 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = ScanFrom, E = ScanFrom->getParent()->begin();
4882
Alkis Evlogimenos7b6ec602004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004883 while (BBI != E) {
Chris Lattner8a375202004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004884 --BBI;
4885
4886 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
4887 if (LI->getOperand(0) == V) return true;
4888 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
4889 if (SI->getOperand(1) == V) return true;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004890
Alkis Evlogimenos7b6ec602004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004891 }
Chris Lattner8a375202004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004892 return false;
Chris Lattnerc10aced2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004893}
4894
Chris Lattner833b8a42003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004895Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
4896 Value *Op = LI.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner5f16a132004-01-12 04:13:56 +00004897
Chris Lattner37366c12005-05-01 04:24:53 +00004898 // load (cast X) --> cast (load X) iff safe
4899 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4900 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4901 return Res;
4902
4903 // None of the following transforms are legal for volatile loads.
4904 if (LI.isVolatile()) return 0;
4905
4906 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Op))
4907 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(GEPI->getOperand(0)) ||
4908 isa<UndefValue>(GEPI->getOperand(0))) {
4909 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate
4910 // that this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting
4911 // an unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the
4912 // CFG.
4913 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
4914 Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
4915 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
4916 }
4917
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004918 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
Chris Lattner37366c12005-05-01 04:24:53 +00004919 // load null/undef -> undef
4920 if ((C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C))) {
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004921 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that
4922 // this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting an
4923 // unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the CFG.
Chris Lattner37366c12005-05-01 04:24:53 +00004924 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
4925 Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004926 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004927 }
Chris Lattner833b8a42003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004928
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004929 // Instcombine load (constant global) into the value loaded.
4930 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Op))
4931 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4932 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, GV->getInitializer());
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004933
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004934 // Instcombine load (constantexpr_GEP global, 0, ...) into the value loaded.
4935 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Op))
4936 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
4937 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)))
4938 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4939 if (Constant *V = GetGEPGlobalInitializer(GV->getInitializer(), CE))
4940 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, V);
Chris Lattner37366c12005-05-01 04:24:53 +00004941 if (CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
4942 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate
4943 // that this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting
4944 // an unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the
4945 // CFG.
4946 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
4947 Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
4948 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
4949 }
4950
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004951 } else if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4952 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4953 return Res;
4954 }
4955 }
Chris Lattnerf499eac2004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004956
Chris Lattner37366c12005-05-01 04:24:53 +00004957 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerc10aced2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004958 // Change select and PHI nodes to select values instead of addresses: this
4959 // helps alias analysis out a lot, allows many others simplifications, and
4960 // exposes redundancy in the code.
4961 //
4962 // Note that we cannot do the transformation unless we know that the
4963 // introduced loads cannot trap! Something like this is valid as long as
4964 // the condition is always false: load (select bool %C, int* null, int* %G),
4965 // but it would not be valid if we transformed it to load from null
4966 // unconditionally.
4967 //
4968 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
4969 // load (select (Cond, &V1, &V2)) --> select(Cond, load &V1, load &V2).
Chris Lattner8a375202004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004970 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(1), SI) &&
4971 isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(2), SI)) {
Chris Lattnerc10aced2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004972 Value *V1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner79f0c8e2004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004973 SI->getOperand(1)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerc10aced2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004974 Value *V2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(2),
Chris Lattner79f0c8e2004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004975 SI->getOperand(2)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerc10aced2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004976 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), V1, V2);
4977 }
4978
Chris Lattner684fe212004-09-23 15:46:00 +00004979 // load (select (cond, null, P)) -> load P
4980 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
4981 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4982 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(2));
4983 return &LI;
4984 }
4985
4986 // load (select (cond, P, null)) -> load P
4987 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
4988 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4989 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(1));
4990 return &LI;
4991 }
4992
Chris Lattnerc10aced2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004993 } else if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op)) {
4994 // load (phi (&V1, &V2, &V3)) --> phi(load &V1, load &V2, load &V3)
Chris Lattner79f0c8e2004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004995 bool Safe = PN->getParent() == LI.getParent();
4996
4997 // Scan all of the instructions between the PHI and the load to make
4998 // sure there are no instructions that might possibly alter the value
4999 // loaded from the PHI.
5000 if (Safe) {
5001 BasicBlock::iterator I = &LI;
5002 for (--I; !isa<PHINode>(I); --I)
5003 if (isa<StoreInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) {
5004 Safe = false;
5005 break;
5006 }
5007 }
5008
5009 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e && Safe; ++i)
Chris Lattner8a375202004-09-19 19:18:10 +00005010 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(PN->getIncomingValue(i),
Chris Lattner79f0c8e2004-09-20 10:15:10 +00005011 PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator()))
Chris Lattnerc10aced2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005012 Safe = false;
Chris Lattner79f0c8e2004-09-20 10:15:10 +00005013
Chris Lattnerc10aced2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005014 if (Safe) {
5015 // Create the PHI.
5016 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(LI.getType(), PN->getName());
5017 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
5018 std::map<BasicBlock*,Value*> LoadMap; // Don't insert duplicate loads
5019
5020 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
5021 BasicBlock *BB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
5022 Value *&TheLoad = LoadMap[BB];
5023 if (TheLoad == 0) {
5024 Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
5025 TheLoad = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(InVal,
5026 InVal->getName()+".val"),
5027 *BB->getTerminator());
5028 }
5029 NewPN->addIncoming(TheLoad, BB);
5030 }
5031 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, NewPN);
5032 }
5033 }
5034 }
Chris Lattner833b8a42003-06-26 05:06:25 +00005035 return 0;
5036}
5037
Chris Lattnerfcfe33a2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00005038/// InstCombineStoreToCast - Fold 'store V, (cast P)' -> store (cast V), P'
5039/// when possible.
5040static Instruction *InstCombineStoreToCast(InstCombiner &IC, StoreInst &SI) {
5041 User *CI = cast<User>(SI.getOperand(1));
5042 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
5043
5044 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
5045 if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
5046 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
5047
5048 if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
5049 // If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
5050 // see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
5051 // constants.
5052 if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
5053 if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
5054 if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
5055 std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
5056 CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
5057 SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
5058 SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
5059 }
5060
5061 if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005062 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
Chris Lattnerfcfe33a2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00005063 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy)) {
5064
5065 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
5066 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the store, cast
5067 // the value to be stored.
5068 Value *NewCast;
5069 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(0)))
5070 NewCast = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, SrcPTy);
5071 else
5072 NewCast = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SI.getOperand(0),
5073 SrcPTy,
5074 SI.getOperand(0)->getName()+".c"), SI);
5075
5076 return new StoreInst(NewCast, CastOp);
5077 }
5078 }
5079 }
5080 return 0;
5081}
5082
Chris Lattner2f503e62005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005083Instruction *InstCombiner::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
5084 Value *Val = SI.getOperand(0);
5085 Value *Ptr = SI.getOperand(1);
5086
5087 if (isa<UndefValue>(Ptr)) { // store X, undef -> noop (even if volatile)
5088 removeFromWorkList(&SI);
5089 SI.eraseFromParent();
5090 ++NumCombined;
5091 return 0;
5092 }
5093
5094 if (SI.isVolatile()) return 0; // Don't hack volatile loads.
5095
5096 // store X, null -> turns into 'unreachable' in SimplifyCFG
5097 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Ptr)) {
5098 if (!isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
5099 SI.setOperand(0, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
5100 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
5101 WorkList.push_back(U); // Dropped a use.
5102 ++NumCombined;
5103 }
5104 return 0; // Do not modify these!
5105 }
5106
5107 // store undef, Ptr -> noop
5108 if (isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
5109 removeFromWorkList(&SI);
5110 SI.eraseFromParent();
5111 ++NumCombined;
5112 return 0;
5113 }
5114
Chris Lattnerfcfe33a2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00005115 // If the pointer destination is a cast, see if we can fold the cast into the
5116 // source instead.
5117 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Ptr))
5118 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
5119 return Res;
5120 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Ptr))
5121 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast)
5122 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
5123 return Res;
5124
Chris Lattner2f503e62005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005125 return 0;
5126}
5127
5128
Chris Lattnerc4d10eb2003-06-04 04:46:00 +00005129Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
5130 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005131 Value *X;
5132 BasicBlock *TrueDest;
5133 BasicBlock *FalseDest;
5134 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
5135 !isa<Constant>(X)) {
5136 // Swap Destinations and condition...
5137 BI.setCondition(X);
5138 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5139 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
5140 return &BI;
5141 }
5142
5143 // Cannonicalize setne -> seteq
5144 Instruction::BinaryOps Op; Value *Y;
5145 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_SetCond(Op, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
5146 TrueDest, FalseDest)))
5147 if ((Op == Instruction::SetNE || Op == Instruction::SetLE ||
5148 Op == Instruction::SetGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
5149 SetCondInst *I = cast<SetCondInst>(BI.getCondition());
5150 std::string Name = I->getName(); I->setName("");
5151 Instruction::BinaryOps NewOpcode = SetCondInst::getInverseCondition(Op);
5152 Value *NewSCC = BinaryOperator::create(NewOpcode, X, Y, Name, I);
Chris Lattner40f5d702003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005153 // Swap Destinations and condition...
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005154 BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
Chris Lattner40f5d702003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005155 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5156 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005157 removeFromWorkList(I);
5158 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
5159 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(NewSCC));
Chris Lattner40f5d702003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005160 return &BI;
5161 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005162
Chris Lattnerc4d10eb2003-06-04 04:46:00 +00005163 return 0;
5164}
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00005165
Chris Lattner46238a62004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005166Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
5167 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
5168 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
5169 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
5170 if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
5171 // change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
5172 for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00005173 SI.setOperand(i,ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
Chris Lattner46238a62004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005174 AddRHS));
5175 SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
5176 WorkList.push_back(I);
5177 return &SI;
5178 }
5179 }
5180 return 0;
5181}
5182
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005183
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005184void InstCombiner::removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I) {
5185 WorkList.erase(std::remove(WorkList.begin(), WorkList.end(), I),
5186 WorkList.end());
5187}
5188
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005189
5190/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
5191/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
5192/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
5193/// end of its block.
5194static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
5195 assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
5196
5197 // Cannot move control-flow-involving instructions.
5198 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<InvokeInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) return false;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005199
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005200 // Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
5201 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() == &DestBlock->getParent()->front())
5202 return false;
5203
Chris Lattner96a52a62004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005204 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
5205 // the end of block that could change the value.
5206 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
5207 if (LI->isVolatile()) return false; // Don't sink volatile loads.
5208
5209 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = LI, E = LI->getParent()->end();
5210 Scan != E; ++Scan)
5211 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
5212 return false;
Chris Lattner96a52a62004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005213 }
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005214
5215 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->begin();
5216 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) ++InsertPos;
5217
5218 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = I->getParent();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005219 DestBlock->getInstList().splice(InsertPos, SrcBlock->getInstList(), I);
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005220 ++NumSunkInst;
5221 return true;
5222}
5223
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005224bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005225 bool Changed = false;
Chris Lattnerbc61e662003-11-02 05:57:39 +00005226 TD = &getAnalysis<TargetData>();
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005227
Chris Lattner216d4d82004-05-01 23:19:52 +00005228 for (inst_iterator i = inst_begin(F), e = inst_end(F); i != e; ++i)
5229 WorkList.push_back(&*i);
Chris Lattner6ffe5512004-04-27 15:13:33 +00005230
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005231
5232 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
5233 Instruction *I = WorkList.back(); // Get an instruction from the worklist
5234 WorkList.pop_back();
5235
Misha Brukmana3bbcb52002-10-29 23:06:16 +00005236 // Check to see if we can DCE or ConstantPropagate the instruction...
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005237 // Check to see if we can DIE the instruction...
5238 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
5239 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005240 if (I->getNumOperands() < 4)
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +00005241 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005242 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005243
Chris Lattnerad5fec12005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005244 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: DCE: " << *I);
5245
5246 I->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005247 removeFromWorkList(I);
5248 continue;
5249 }
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005250
Misha Brukmana3bbcb52002-10-29 23:06:16 +00005251 // Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it...
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005252 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I)) {
Alkis Evlogimenos54a96a22004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005253 Value* Ptr = I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner061718c2004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005254 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) &&
Alkis Evlogimenos54a96a22004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005255 cast<Constant>(Ptr)->isNullValue() &&
5256 !isa<ConstantPointerNull>(C) &&
5257 cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType()->isSized()) {
Chris Lattner061718c2004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005258 // If this is a constant expr gep that is effectively computing an
5259 // "offsetof", fold it into 'cast int X to T*' instead of 'gep 0, 0, 12'
5260 bool isFoldableGEP = true;
5261 for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5262 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(i)))
5263 isFoldableGEP = false;
5264 if (isFoldableGEP) {
Alkis Evlogimenos54a96a22004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005265 uint64_t Offset = TD->getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(),
Chris Lattner061718c2004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005266 std::vector<Value*>(I->op_begin()+1, I->op_end()));
5267 C = ConstantUInt::get(Type::ULongTy, Offset);
Chris Lattner6e758ae2004-10-16 19:46:33 +00005268 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, TD->getIntPtrType());
Chris Lattner061718c2004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005269 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, I->getType());
5270 }
5271 }
5272
Chris Lattnerad5fec12005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005273 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *I);
5274
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005275 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +00005276 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattnerc736d562002-12-05 22:41:53 +00005277 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
5278
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005279 ++NumConstProp;
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005280 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner60610002003-10-07 15:17:02 +00005281 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005282 continue;
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005283 }
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005284
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005285 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
5286 if (I->hasOneUse()) {
5287 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
5288 BasicBlock *UserParent = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back())->getParent();
5289 if (UserParent != BB) {
5290 bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
5291 // See if the user is one of our successors.
5292 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
5293 if (*SI == UserParent) {
5294 UserIsSuccessor = true;
5295 break;
5296 }
5297
5298 // If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
5299 // only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
5300 // otherwise), we can keep going.
5301 if (UserIsSuccessor && !isa<PHINode>(I->use_back()) &&
5302 next(pred_begin(UserParent)) == pred_end(UserParent))
5303 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
5304 Changed |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
5305 }
5306 }
5307
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005308 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it...
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005309 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
Chris Lattner3dec1f22002-05-10 15:38:35 +00005310 ++NumCombined;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005311 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
Chris Lattnerb3bc8fa2002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005312 if (Result != I) {
Chris Lattner0cea42a2004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005313 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: Old = " << *I
5314 << " New = " << *Result);
5315
Chris Lattnerf523d062004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005316 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
5317 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
5318
5319 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
5320 WorkList.push_back(Result);
5321 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005322
5323 // Move the name to the new instruction first...
5324 std::string OldName = I->getName(); I->setName("");
Chris Lattnerd558dc32003-10-07 22:58:41 +00005325 Result->setName(OldName);
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005326
5327 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
5328 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +00005329 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
5330
5331 if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
5332 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
5333 ++InsertPos;
5334
5335 InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005336
Chris Lattner00d51312004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005337 // Make sure that we reprocess all operands now that we reduced their
5338 // use counts.
Chris Lattner216d4d82004-05-01 23:19:52 +00005339 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5340 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
5341 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
5342
Chris Lattnerf523d062004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005343 // Instructions can end up on the worklist more than once. Make sure
5344 // we do not process an instruction that has been deleted.
5345 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005346
5347 // Erase the old instruction.
5348 InstParent->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005349 } else {
Chris Lattner0cea42a2004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005350 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: MOD = " << *I);
5351
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005352 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
5353 // if so, remove it.
Chris Lattner00d51312004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005354 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
5355 // Make sure we process all operands now that we are reducing their
5356 // use counts.
5357 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5358 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
5359 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005360
Chris Lattner00d51312004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005361 // Instructions may end up in the worklist more than once. Erase all
5362 // occurrances of this instruction.
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005363 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattner2f503e62005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005364 I->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattnerf523d062004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005365 } else {
5366 WorkList.push_back(Result);
5367 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005368 }
Chris Lattnerb3bc8fa2002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005369 }
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005370 Changed = true;
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005371 }
5372 }
5373
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005374 return Changed;
Chris Lattnerbd0ef772002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005375}
5376
Brian Gaeke96d4bf72004-07-27 17:43:21 +00005377FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005378 return new InstCombiner();
Chris Lattnerbd0ef772002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005379}
Brian Gaeked0fde302003-11-11 22:41:34 +00005380